redshift

package
v1.14.11 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

 Go to latest Published: Jun 21, 2018 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 8 Imported by: 0

Documentation

Overview

Package redshift provides the client and types for making API requests to Amazon Redshift.

Overview

This is an interface reference for Amazon Redshift. It contains documentation for one of the programming or command line interfaces you can use to manage Amazon Redshift clusters. Note that Amazon Redshift is asynchronous, which means that some interfaces may require techniques, such as polling or asynchronous callback handlers, to determine when a command has been applied. In this reference, the parameter descriptions indicate whether a change is applied immediately, on the next instance reboot, or during the next maintenance window. For a summary of the Amazon Redshift cluster management interfaces, go to Using the Amazon Redshift Management Interfaces (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/using-aws-sdk.html).

Amazon Redshift manages all the work of setting up, operating, and scaling a data warehouse: provisioning capacity, monitoring and backing up the cluster, and applying patches and upgrades to the Amazon Redshift engine. You can focus on using your data to acquire new insights for your business and customers.

If you are a first-time user of Amazon Redshift, we recommend that you begin by reading the Amazon Redshift Getting Started Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/gsg/getting-started.html).

If you are a database developer, the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/welcome.html) explains how to design, build, query, and maintain the databases that make up your data warehouse.

See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01 for more information on this service.

See redshift package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/redshift/

Using the Client

To contact Amazon Redshift with the SDK use the New function to create a new service client. With that client you can make API requests to the service. These clients are safe to use concurrently.

See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/

See aws.Config documentation for more information on configuring SDK clients. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config

See the Amazon Redshift client Redshift for more information on creating client for this service. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/redshift/#New

Index

Constants

View Source 
const (
	// ParameterApplyTypeStatic is a ParameterApplyType enum value
	ParameterApplyTypeStatic = "static"

	// ParameterApplyTypeDynamic is a ParameterApplyType enum value
	ParameterApplyTypeDynamic = "dynamic"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ReservedNodeOfferingTypeRegular is a ReservedNodeOfferingType enum value
	ReservedNodeOfferingTypeRegular = "Regular"

	// ReservedNodeOfferingTypeUpgradable is a ReservedNodeOfferingType enum value
	ReservedNodeOfferingTypeUpgradable = "Upgradable"
)
View Source 
const (
	// SourceTypeCluster is a SourceType enum value
	SourceTypeCluster = "cluster"

	// SourceTypeClusterParameterGroup is a SourceType enum value
	SourceTypeClusterParameterGroup = "cluster-parameter-group"

	// SourceTypeClusterSecurityGroup is a SourceType enum value
	SourceTypeClusterSecurityGroup = "cluster-security-group"

	// SourceTypeClusterSnapshot is a SourceType enum value
	SourceTypeClusterSnapshot = "cluster-snapshot"
)
View Source 
const (
	// TableRestoreStatusTypePending is a TableRestoreStatusType enum value
	TableRestoreStatusTypePending = "PENDING"

	// TableRestoreStatusTypeInProgress is a TableRestoreStatusType enum value
	TableRestoreStatusTypeInProgress = "IN_PROGRESS"

	// TableRestoreStatusTypeSucceeded is a TableRestoreStatusType enum value
	TableRestoreStatusTypeSucceeded = "SUCCEEDED"

	// TableRestoreStatusTypeFailed is a TableRestoreStatusType enum value
	TableRestoreStatusTypeFailed = "FAILED"

	// TableRestoreStatusTypeCanceled is a TableRestoreStatusType enum value
	TableRestoreStatusTypeCanceled = "CANCELED"
)
View Source 
const (

	// ErrCodeAccessToSnapshotDeniedFault for service response error code
	// "AccessToSnapshotDenied".
	//
	// The owner of the specified snapshot has not authorized your account to access
	// the snapshot.
	ErrCodeAccessToSnapshotDeniedFault = "AccessToSnapshotDenied"

	// ErrCodeAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "AuthorizationAlreadyExists".
	//
	// The specified CIDR block or EC2 security group is already authorized for
	// the specified cluster security group.
	ErrCodeAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault = "AuthorizationAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "AuthorizationNotFound".
	//
	// The specified CIDR IP range or EC2 security group is not authorized for the
	// specified cluster security group.
	ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault = "AuthorizationNotFound"

	// ErrCodeAuthorizationQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "AuthorizationQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// The authorization quota for the cluster security group has been reached.
	ErrCodeAuthorizationQuotaExceededFault = "AuthorizationQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeBucketNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "BucketNotFoundFault".
	//
	// Could not find the specified S3 bucket.
	ErrCodeBucketNotFoundFault = "BucketNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeClusterAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterAlreadyExists".
	//
	// The account already has a cluster with the given identifier.
	ErrCodeClusterAlreadyExistsFault = "ClusterAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterNotFound".
	//
	// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
	ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault = "ClusterNotFound"

	// ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterParameterGroupAlreadyExists".
	//
	// A cluster parameter group with the same name already exists.
	ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault = "ClusterParameterGroupAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound".
	//
	// The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.
	ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault = "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound"

	// ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterParameterGroupQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster
	// parameter groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits
	// in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault = "ClusterParameterGroupQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeClusterQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// The request would exceed the allowed number of cluster instances for this
	// account. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon
	// Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ErrCodeClusterQuotaExceededFault = "ClusterQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterSecurityGroupAlreadyExists".
	//
	// A cluster security group with the same name already exists.
	ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault = "ClusterSecurityGroupAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound".
	//
	// The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security
	// group.
	ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault = "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound"

	// ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "QuotaExceeded.ClusterSecurityGroup".
	//
	// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster
	// security groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits
	// in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault = "QuotaExceeded.ClusterSecurityGroup"

	// ErrCodeClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExists".
	//
	// The value specified as a snapshot identifier is already used by an existing
	// snapshot.
	ErrCodeClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault = "ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterSnapshotNotFound".
	//
	// The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.
	ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault = "ClusterSnapshotNotFound"

	// ErrCodeClusterSnapshotQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster
	// snapshots.
	ErrCodeClusterSnapshotQuotaExceededFault = "ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterSubnetGroupAlreadyExists".
	//
	// A ClusterSubnetGroupName is already used by an existing cluster subnet group.
	ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault = "ClusterSubnetGroupAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault".
	//
	// The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet
	// group.
	ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault = "ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// The request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of cluster
	// subnet groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits
	// in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault = "ClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "ClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault".
	//
	// The request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets
	// in a cluster subnet groups. For information about increasing your quota,
	// go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ErrCodeClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault = "ClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault"

	// ErrCodeCopyToRegionDisabledFault for service response error code
	// "CopyToRegionDisabledFault".
	//
	// Cross-region snapshot copy was temporarily disabled. Try your request again.
	ErrCodeCopyToRegionDisabledFault = "CopyToRegionDisabledFault"

	// ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault for service response error code
	// "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault".
	//
	// The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling
	// requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.
	ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault = "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault"

	// ErrCodeDependentServiceUnavailableFault for service response error code
	// "DependentServiceUnavailableFault".
	//
	// Your request cannot be completed because a dependent internal service is
	// temporarily unavailable. Wait 30 to 60 seconds and try again.
	ErrCodeDependentServiceUnavailableFault = "DependentServiceUnavailableFault"

	// ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// The request would exceed the allowed number of event subscriptions for this
	// account. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon
	// Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault = "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "HsmClientCertificateAlreadyExistsFault".
	//
	// There is already an existing Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with
	// the specified identifier.
	ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateAlreadyExistsFault = "HsmClientCertificateAlreadyExistsFault"

	// ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault".
	//
	// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier.
	ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault = "HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "HsmClientCertificateQuotaExceededFault".
	//
	// The quota for HSM client certificates has been reached. For information about
	// increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateQuotaExceededFault = "HsmClientCertificateQuotaExceededFault"

	// ErrCodeHsmConfigurationAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "HsmConfigurationAlreadyExistsFault".
	//
	// There is already an existing Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified
	// identifier.
	ErrCodeHsmConfigurationAlreadyExistsFault = "HsmConfigurationAlreadyExistsFault"

	// ErrCodeHsmConfigurationNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault".
	//
	// There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier.
	ErrCodeHsmConfigurationNotFoundFault = "HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeHsmConfigurationQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "HsmConfigurationQuotaExceededFault".
	//
	// The quota for HSM configurations has been reached. For information about
	// increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ErrCodeHsmConfigurationQuotaExceededFault = "HsmConfigurationQuotaExceededFault"

	// ErrCodeInProgressTableRestoreQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "InProgressTableRestoreQuotaExceededFault".
	//
	// You have exceeded the allowed number of table restore requests. Wait for
	// your current table restore requests to complete before making a new request.
	ErrCodeInProgressTableRestoreQuotaExceededFault = "InProgressTableRestoreQuotaExceededFault"

	// ErrCodeIncompatibleOrderableOptions for service response error code
	// "IncompatibleOrderableOptions".
	//
	// The specified options are incompatible.
	ErrCodeIncompatibleOrderableOptions = "IncompatibleOrderableOptions"

	// ErrCodeInsufficientClusterCapacityFault for service response error code
	// "InsufficientClusterCapacity".
	//
	// The number of nodes specified exceeds the allotted capacity of the cluster.
	ErrCodeInsufficientClusterCapacityFault = "InsufficientClusterCapacity"

	// ErrCodeInsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault for service response error code
	// "InsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault".
	//
	// The cluster does not have read bucket or put object permissions on the S3
	// bucket specified when enabling logging.
	ErrCodeInsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault = "InsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidClusterParameterGroupStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidClusterParameterGroupState".
	//
	// The cluster parameter group action can not be completed because another task
	// is in progress that involves the parameter group. Wait a few moments and
	// try the operation again.
	ErrCodeInvalidClusterParameterGroupStateFault = "InvalidClusterParameterGroupState"

	// ErrCodeInvalidClusterSecurityGroupStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidClusterSecurityGroupState".
	//
	// The state of the cluster security group is not available.
	ErrCodeInvalidClusterSecurityGroupStateFault = "InvalidClusterSecurityGroupState"

	// ErrCodeInvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidClusterSnapshotState".
	//
	// The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts
	// are authorized to access the snapshot.
	ErrCodeInvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault = "InvalidClusterSnapshotState"

	// ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidClusterState".
	//
	// The specified cluster is not in the available state.
	ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault = "InvalidClusterState"

	// ErrCodeInvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault".
	//
	// The cluster subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use.
	ErrCodeInvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault = "InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidClusterSubnetStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidClusterSubnetStateFault".
	//
	// The state of the subnet is invalid.
	ErrCodeInvalidClusterSubnetStateFault = "InvalidClusterSubnetStateFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidElasticIpFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidElasticIpFault".
	//
	// The Elastic IP (EIP) is invalid or cannot be found.
	ErrCodeInvalidElasticIpFault = "InvalidElasticIpFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidHsmClientCertificateStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidHsmClientCertificateStateFault".
	//
	// The specified HSM client certificate is not in the available state, or it
	// is still in use by one or more Amazon Redshift clusters.
	ErrCodeInvalidHsmClientCertificateStateFault = "InvalidHsmClientCertificateStateFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidHsmConfigurationStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidHsmConfigurationStateFault".
	//
	// The specified HSM configuration is not in the available state, or it is still
	// in use by one or more Amazon Redshift clusters.
	ErrCodeInvalidHsmConfigurationStateFault = "InvalidHsmConfigurationStateFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidRestore".
	//
	// The restore is invalid.
	ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault = "InvalidRestore"

	// ErrCodeInvalidS3BucketNameFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidS3BucketNameFault".
	//
	// The S3 bucket name is invalid. For more information about naming rules, go
	// to Bucket Restrictions and Limitations (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/BucketRestrictions.html)
	// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) Developer Guide.
	ErrCodeInvalidS3BucketNameFault = "InvalidS3BucketNameFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidS3KeyPrefixFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidS3KeyPrefixFault".
	//
	// The string specified for the logging S3 key prefix does not comply with the
	// documented constraints.
	ErrCodeInvalidS3KeyPrefixFault = "InvalidS3KeyPrefixFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault".
	//
	// The snapshot copy grant can't be deleted because it is used by one or more
	// clusters.
	ErrCodeInvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault = "InvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidSubnet for service response error code
	// "InvalidSubnet".
	//
	// The requested subnet is not valid, or not all of the subnets are in the same
	// VPC.
	ErrCodeInvalidSubnet = "InvalidSubnet"

	// ErrCodeInvalidSubscriptionStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidSubscriptionStateFault".
	//
	// The subscription request is invalid because it is a duplicate request. This
	// subscription request is already in progress.
	ErrCodeInvalidSubscriptionStateFault = "InvalidSubscriptionStateFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidTableRestoreArgumentFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidTableRestoreArgument".
	//
	// The value specified for the sourceDatabaseName, sourceSchemaName, or sourceTableName
	// parameter, or a combination of these, doesn't exist in the snapshot.
	ErrCodeInvalidTableRestoreArgumentFault = "InvalidTableRestoreArgument"

	// ErrCodeInvalidTagFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidTagFault".
	//
	// The tag is invalid.
	ErrCodeInvalidTagFault = "InvalidTagFault"

	// ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault for service response error code
	// "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault".
	//
	// The cluster subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones.
	ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault = "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault"

	// ErrCodeLimitExceededFault for service response error code
	// "LimitExceededFault".
	//
	// The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS.
	ErrCodeLimitExceededFault = "LimitExceededFault"

	// ErrCodeNumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceededFault for service response error code
	// "NumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceeded".
	//
	// The operation would exceed the number of nodes allowed for a cluster.
	ErrCodeNumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceededFault = "NumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceeded"

	// ErrCodeNumberOfNodesQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "NumberOfNodesQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// The operation would exceed the number of nodes allotted to the account. For
	// information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift
	// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ErrCodeNumberOfNodesQuotaExceededFault = "NumberOfNodesQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeReservedNodeAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "ReservedNodeAlreadyExists".
	//
	// User already has a reservation with the given identifier.
	ErrCodeReservedNodeAlreadyExistsFault = "ReservedNodeAlreadyExists"

	// ErrCodeReservedNodeNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "ReservedNodeNotFound".
	//
	// The specified reserved compute node not found.
	ErrCodeReservedNodeNotFoundFault = "ReservedNodeNotFound"

	// ErrCodeReservedNodeOfferingNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "ReservedNodeOfferingNotFound".
	//
	// Specified offering does not exist.
	ErrCodeReservedNodeOfferingNotFoundFault = "ReservedNodeOfferingNotFound"

	// ErrCodeReservedNodeQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "ReservedNodeQuotaExceeded".
	//
	// Request would exceed the user's compute node quota. For information about
	// increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ErrCodeReservedNodeQuotaExceededFault = "ReservedNodeQuotaExceeded"

	// ErrCodeResizeNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "ResizeNotFound".
	//
	// A resize operation for the specified cluster is not found.
	ErrCodeResizeNotFoundFault = "ResizeNotFound"

	// ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "ResourceNotFoundFault".
	//
	// The resource could not be found.
	ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault = "ResourceNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault for service response error code
	// "SNSInvalidTopic".
	//
	// Amazon SNS has responded that there is a problem with the specified Amazon
	// SNS topic.
	ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault = "SNSInvalidTopic"

	// ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault for service response error code
	// "SNSNoAuthorization".
	//
	// You do not have permission to publish to the specified Amazon SNS topic.
	ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault = "SNSNoAuthorization"

	// ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "SNSTopicArnNotFound".
	//
	// An Amazon SNS topic with the specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not
	// exist.
	ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault = "SNSTopicArnNotFound"

	// ErrCodeSnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault for service response error code
	// "SnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault".
	//
	// The cluster already has cross-region snapshot copy disabled.
	ErrCodeSnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault = "SnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault"

	// ErrCodeSnapshotCopyAlreadyEnabledFault for service response error code
	// "SnapshotCopyAlreadyEnabledFault".
	//
	// The cluster already has cross-region snapshot copy enabled.
	ErrCodeSnapshotCopyAlreadyEnabledFault = "SnapshotCopyAlreadyEnabledFault"

	// ErrCodeSnapshotCopyDisabledFault for service response error code
	// "SnapshotCopyDisabledFault".
	//
	// Cross-region snapshot copy was temporarily disabled. Try your request again.
	ErrCodeSnapshotCopyDisabledFault = "SnapshotCopyDisabledFault"

	// ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
	// "SnapshotCopyGrantAlreadyExistsFault".
	//
	// The snapshot copy grant can't be created because a grant with the same name
	// already exists.
	ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantAlreadyExistsFault = "SnapshotCopyGrantAlreadyExistsFault"

	// ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault".
	//
	// The specified snapshot copy grant can't be found. Make sure that the name
	// is typed correctly and that the grant exists in the destination region.
	ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault = "SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
	// "SnapshotCopyGrantQuotaExceededFault".
	//
	// The AWS account has exceeded the maximum number of snapshot copy grants in
	// this region.
	ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantQuotaExceededFault = "SnapshotCopyGrantQuotaExceededFault"

	// ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "SourceNotFound".
	//
	// The specified Amazon Redshift event source could not be found.
	ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault = "SourceNotFound"

	// ErrCodeSubnetAlreadyInUse for service response error code
	// "SubnetAlreadyInUse".
	//
	// A specified subnet is already in use by another cluster.
	ErrCodeSubnetAlreadyInUse = "SubnetAlreadyInUse"

	// ErrCodeSubscriptionAlreadyExistFault for service response error code
	// "SubscriptionAlreadyExist".
	//
	// There is already an existing event notification subscription with the specified
	// name.
	ErrCodeSubscriptionAlreadyExistFault = "SubscriptionAlreadyExist"

	// ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound".
	//
	// The value specified for the event category was not one of the allowed values,
	// or it specified a category that does not apply to the specified source type.
	// The allowed values are Configuration, Management, Monitoring, and Security.
	ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault = "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound"

	// ErrCodeSubscriptionEventIdNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "SubscriptionEventIdNotFound".
	//
	// An Amazon Redshift event with the specified event ID does not exist.
	ErrCodeSubscriptionEventIdNotFoundFault = "SubscriptionEventIdNotFound"

	// ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "SubscriptionNotFound".
	//
	// An Amazon Redshift event notification subscription with the specified name
	// does not exist.
	ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault = "SubscriptionNotFound"

	// ErrCodeSubscriptionSeverityNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "SubscriptionSeverityNotFound".
	//
	// The value specified for the event severity was not one of the allowed values,
	// or it specified a severity that does not apply to the specified source type.
	// The allowed values are ERROR and INFO.
	ErrCodeSubscriptionSeverityNotFoundFault = "SubscriptionSeverityNotFound"

	// ErrCodeTableRestoreNotFoundFault for service response error code
	// "TableRestoreNotFoundFault".
	//
	// The specified TableRestoreRequestId value was not found.
	ErrCodeTableRestoreNotFoundFault = "TableRestoreNotFoundFault"

	// ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault for service response error code
	// "TagLimitExceededFault".
	//
	// The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.
	ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault = "TagLimitExceededFault"

	// ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation for service response error code
	// "UnauthorizedOperation".
	//
	// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
	ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation = "UnauthorizedOperation"

	// ErrCodeUnknownSnapshotCopyRegionFault for service response error code
	// "UnknownSnapshotCopyRegionFault".
	//
	// The specified region is incorrect or does not exist.
	ErrCodeUnknownSnapshotCopyRegionFault = "UnknownSnapshotCopyRegionFault"

	// ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationFault for service response error code
	// "UnsupportedOperation".
	//
	// The requested operation isn't supported.
	ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationFault = "UnsupportedOperation"

	// ErrCodeUnsupportedOptionFault for service response error code
	// "UnsupportedOptionFault".
	//
	// A request option was specified that is not supported.
	ErrCodeUnsupportedOptionFault = "UnsupportedOptionFault"
)
View Source 
const (
	ServiceName = "redshift"  // Name of service.
	EndpointsID = ServiceName // ID to lookup a service endpoint with.
	ServiceID   = "Redshift"  // ServiceID is a unique identifer of a specific service.
)

Service information constants

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

This section is empty.

Types

type AccountWithRestoreAccess 

type AccountWithRestoreAccess struct {

	// The identifier of an AWS support account authorized to restore a snapshot.
	// For AWS support, the identifier is amazon-redshift-support.
	AccountAlias *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier of an AWS customer account authorized to restore a snapshot.
	AccountId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an AWS customer account authorized to restore a snapshot.

func (AccountWithRestoreAccess) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s AccountWithRestoreAccess) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AccountWithRestoreAccess) SetAccountAlias added in v1.8.11 

func (s *AccountWithRestoreAccess) SetAccountAlias(v string) *AccountWithRestoreAccess

SetAccountAlias sets the AccountAlias field's value.

func (*AccountWithRestoreAccess) SetAccountId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *AccountWithRestoreAccess) SetAccountId(v string) *AccountWithRestoreAccess

SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.

func (AccountWithRestoreAccess) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s AccountWithRestoreAccess) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput 

type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {

	// The IP range to be added the Amazon Redshift security group.
	CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the security group to which the ingress rule is added.
	//
	// ClusterSecurityGroupName is a required field
	ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The EC2 security group to be added the Amazon Redshift security group.
	EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS account number of the owner of the security group specified by the
	// EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable
	// value.
	//
	// Example: 111122223333
	EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetCIDRIP added in v1.5.0 

func (s *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetCIDRIP(v string) *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput

SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value.

func (*AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetClusterSecurityGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetClusterSecurityGroupName(v string) *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput

SetClusterSecurityGroupName sets the ClusterSecurityGroupName field's value.

func (*AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput

SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value.

func (*AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput

SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value.

func (AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput 

type AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {

	// Describes a security group.
	ClusterSecurityGroup *ClusterSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) SetClusterSecurityGroup added in v1.5.0 

func (s *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) SetClusterSecurityGroup(v *ClusterSecurityGroup) *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput

SetClusterSecurityGroup sets the ClusterSecurityGroup field's value.

func (AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput 

type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput struct {

	// The identifier of the AWS customer account authorized to restore the specified
	// snapshot.
	//
	// To share a snapshot with AWS support, specify amazon-redshift-support.
	//
	// AccountWithRestoreAccess is a required field
	AccountWithRestoreAccess *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This parameter
	// is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource
	// element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
	SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier of the snapshot the account is authorized to restore.
	//
	// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) SetAccountWithRestoreAccess added in v1.5.0 

func (s *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) SetAccountWithRestoreAccess(v string) *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput

SetAccountWithRestoreAccess sets the AccountWithRestoreAccess field's value.

func (*AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier(v string) *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput

SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier sets the SnapshotClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput

SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.

func (AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput 

type AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput struct {

	// Describes a snapshot.
	Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput) SetSnapshot added in v1.5.0 

func (s *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput) SetSnapshot(v *Snapshot) *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput

SetSnapshot sets the Snapshot field's value.

func (AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AvailabilityZone 

type AvailabilityZone struct {

	// The name of the availability zone.
	Name *string `type:"string"`

	SupportedPlatforms []*SupportedPlatform `locationNameList:"SupportedPlatform" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an availability zone.

func (AvailabilityZone) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s AvailabilityZone) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AvailabilityZone) SetName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetName(v string) *AvailabilityZone

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*AvailabilityZone) SetSupportedPlatforms added in v1.13.12 

func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetSupportedPlatforms(v []*SupportedPlatform) *AvailabilityZone

SetSupportedPlatforms sets the SupportedPlatforms field's value.

func (AvailabilityZone) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s AvailabilityZone) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Cluster 

type Cluster struct {

	// A Boolean value that, if true, indicates that major version upgrades will
	// be applied automatically to the cluster during the maintenance window.
	AllowVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The number of days that automatic cluster snapshots are retained.
	AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of the Availability Zone in which the cluster is located.
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// The date and time that the cluster was created.
	ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// The unique identifier of the cluster.
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The nodes in the cluster.
	ClusterNodes []*ClusterNode `type:"list"`

	// The list of cluster parameter groups that are associated with this cluster.
	// Each parameter group in the list is returned with its status.
	ClusterParameterGroups []*ClusterParameterGroupStatus `locationNameList:"ClusterParameterGroup" type:"list"`

	// The public key for the cluster.
	ClusterPublicKey *string `type:"string"`

	// The specific revision number of the database in the cluster.
	ClusterRevisionNumber *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of cluster security group that are associated with the cluster. Each
	// security group is represented by an element that contains ClusterSecurityGroup.Name
	// and ClusterSecurityGroup.Status subelements.
	//
	// Cluster security groups are used when the cluster is not created in an Amazon
	// Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). Clusters that are created in a VPC use VPC security
	// groups, which are listed by the VpcSecurityGroups parameter.
	ClusterSecurityGroups []*ClusterSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroup" type:"list"`

	// A value that returns the destination region and retention period that are
	// configured for cross-region snapshot copy.
	ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus *ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus `type:"structure"`

	// The current state of the cluster. Possible values are the following:
	//
	//    * available
	//
	//    * creating
	//
	//    * deleting
	//
	//    * final-snapshot
	//
	//    * hardware-failure
	//
	//    * incompatible-hsm
	//
	//    * incompatible-network
	//
	//    * incompatible-parameters
	//
	//    * incompatible-restore
	//
	//    * modifying
	//
	//    * rebooting
	//
	//    * renaming
	//
	//    * resizing
	//
	//    * rotating-keys
	//
	//    * storage-full
	//
	//    * updating-hsm
	ClusterStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the subnet group that is associated with the cluster. This parameter
	// is valid only when the cluster is in a VPC.
	ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The version ID of the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.
	ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the initial database that was created when the cluster was created.
	// This same name is returned for the life of the cluster. If an initial database
	// was not specified, a database named devdev was created by default.
	DBName *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the elastic IP (EIP) address.
	ElasticIpStatus *ElasticIpStatus `type:"structure"`

	// A Boolean value that, if true, indicates that data in the cluster is encrypted
	// at rest.
	Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The connection endpoint.
	Endpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"`

	// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
	// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
	// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
	// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	//
	// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
	//
	// Default: false
	EnhancedVpcRouting *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A value that reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster has finished applying
	// any hardware security module (HSM) settings changes specified in a modify
	// cluster command.
	//
	// Values: active, applying
	HsmStatus *HsmStatus `type:"structure"`

	// A list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used
	// by the cluster to access other AWS services.
	IamRoles []*ClusterIamRole `locationNameList:"ClusterIamRole" type:"list"`

	// The AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key ID of the encryption key used
	// to encrypt data in the cluster.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The master user name for the cluster. This name is used to connect to the
	// database that is specified in the DBName parameter.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of a modify operation, if any, initiated for the cluster.
	ModifyStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// The node type for the nodes in the cluster.
	NodeType *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of compute nodes in the cluster.
	NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A value that, if present, indicates that changes to the cluster are pending.
	// Specific pending changes are identified by subelements.
	PendingModifiedValues *PendingModifiedValues `type:"structure"`

	// The weekly time range, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC), during which
	// system maintenance can occur.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// A Boolean value that, if true, indicates that the cluster can be accessed
	// from a public network.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A value that describes the status of a cluster restore action. This parameter
	// returns null if the cluster was not created by restoring a snapshot.
	RestoreStatus *RestoreStatus `type:"structure"`

	// The list of tags for the cluster.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The identifier of the VPC the cluster is in, if the cluster is in a VPC.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC) security groups that
	// are associated with the cluster. This parameter is returned only if the cluster
	// is in a VPC.
	VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroup" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a cluster.

func (Cluster) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s Cluster) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Cluster) SetAllowVersionUpgrade added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetAllowVersionUpgrade(v bool) *Cluster

SetAllowVersionUpgrade sets the AllowVersionUpgrade field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod(v int64) *Cluster

SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod sets the AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetAvailabilityZone added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *Cluster

SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetClusterCreateTime added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *Cluster

SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *Cluster

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetClusterNodes added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetClusterNodes(v []*ClusterNode) *Cluster

SetClusterNodes sets the ClusterNodes field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetClusterParameterGroups added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetClusterParameterGroups(v []*ClusterParameterGroupStatus) *Cluster

SetClusterParameterGroups sets the ClusterParameterGroups field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetClusterPublicKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetClusterPublicKey(v string) *Cluster

SetClusterPublicKey sets the ClusterPublicKey field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetClusterRevisionNumber added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetClusterRevisionNumber(v string) *Cluster

SetClusterRevisionNumber sets the ClusterRevisionNumber field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetClusterSecurityGroups added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetClusterSecurityGroups(v []*ClusterSecurityGroupMembership) *Cluster

SetClusterSecurityGroups sets the ClusterSecurityGroups field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetClusterSnapshotCopyStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetClusterSnapshotCopyStatus(v *ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) *Cluster

SetClusterSnapshotCopyStatus sets the ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetClusterStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetClusterStatus(v string) *Cluster

SetClusterStatus sets the ClusterStatus field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetClusterSubnetGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetClusterSubnetGroupName(v string) *Cluster

SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetClusterVersion added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetClusterVersion(v string) *Cluster

SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetDBName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetDBName(v string) *Cluster

SetDBName sets the DBName field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetElasticIpStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetElasticIpStatus(v *ElasticIpStatus) *Cluster

SetElasticIpStatus sets the ElasticIpStatus field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetEncrypted added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetEncrypted(v bool) *Cluster

SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetEndpoint added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetEndpoint(v *Endpoint) *Cluster

SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetEnhancedVpcRouting added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetEnhancedVpcRouting(v bool) *Cluster

SetEnhancedVpcRouting sets the EnhancedVpcRouting field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetHsmStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetHsmStatus(v *HsmStatus) *Cluster

SetHsmStatus sets the HsmStatus field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetIamRoles added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetIamRoles(v []*ClusterIamRole) *Cluster

SetIamRoles sets the IamRoles field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetKmsKeyId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *Cluster

SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetMasterUsername added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetMasterUsername(v string) *Cluster

SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetModifyStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetModifyStatus(v string) *Cluster

SetModifyStatus sets the ModifyStatus field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetNodeType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetNodeType(v string) *Cluster

SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetNumberOfNodes added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *Cluster

SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetPendingModifiedValues added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetPendingModifiedValues(v *PendingModifiedValues) *Cluster

SetPendingModifiedValues sets the PendingModifiedValues field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *Cluster

SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetPubliclyAccessible added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *Cluster

SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetRestoreStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetRestoreStatus(v *RestoreStatus) *Cluster

SetRestoreStatus sets the RestoreStatus field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetTags added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetTags(v []*Tag) *Cluster

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetVpcId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetVpcId(v string) *Cluster

SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.

func (*Cluster) SetVpcSecurityGroups added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Cluster) SetVpcSecurityGroups(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *Cluster

SetVpcSecurityGroups sets the VpcSecurityGroups field's value.

func (Cluster) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s Cluster) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterIamRole added in v1.1.15 

type ClusterIamRole struct {

	// A value that describes the status of the IAM role's association with an Amazon
	// Redshift cluster.
	//
	// The following are possible statuses and descriptions.
	//
	//    * in-sync: The role is available for use by the cluster.
	//
	//    * adding: The role is in the process of being associated with the cluster.
	//
	//    * removing: The role is in the process of being disassociated with the
	//    cluster.
	ApplyStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role, for example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/RedshiftCopyUnload.
	IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that can be used by the associated Amazon Redshift cluster to access other AWS services.

func (ClusterIamRole) GoString added in v1.1.15 

func (s ClusterIamRole) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ClusterIamRole) SetApplyStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterIamRole) SetApplyStatus(v string) *ClusterIamRole

SetApplyStatus sets the ApplyStatus field's value.

func (*ClusterIamRole) SetIamRoleArn added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterIamRole) SetIamRoleArn(v string) *ClusterIamRole

SetIamRoleArn sets the IamRoleArn field's value.

func (ClusterIamRole) String added in v1.1.15 

func (s ClusterIamRole) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterNode 

type ClusterNode struct {

	// Whether the node is a leader node or a compute node.
	NodeRole *string `type:"string"`

	// The private IP address of a node within a cluster.
	PrivateIPAddress *string `type:"string"`

	// The public IP address of a node within a cluster.
	PublicIPAddress *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The identifier of a node in a cluster.

func (ClusterNode) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ClusterNode) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ClusterNode) SetNodeRole added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterNode) SetNodeRole(v string) *ClusterNode

SetNodeRole sets the NodeRole field's value.

func (*ClusterNode) SetPrivateIPAddress added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterNode) SetPrivateIPAddress(v string) *ClusterNode

SetPrivateIPAddress sets the PrivateIPAddress field's value.

func (*ClusterNode) SetPublicIPAddress added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterNode) SetPublicIPAddress(v string) *ClusterNode

SetPublicIPAddress sets the PublicIPAddress field's value.

func (ClusterNode) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ClusterNode) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterParameterGroup 

type ClusterParameterGroup struct {

	// The description of the parameter group.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the cluster parameter group family that this cluster parameter
	// group is compatible with.
	ParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the cluster parameter group.
	ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of tags for the cluster parameter group.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a parameter group.

func (ClusterParameterGroup) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ClusterParameterGroup) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ClusterParameterGroup) SetDescription added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterParameterGroup) SetDescription(v string) *ClusterParameterGroup

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*ClusterParameterGroup) SetParameterGroupFamily added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterParameterGroup) SetParameterGroupFamily(v string) *ClusterParameterGroup

SetParameterGroupFamily sets the ParameterGroupFamily field's value.

func (*ClusterParameterGroup) SetParameterGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterParameterGroup) SetParameterGroupName(v string) *ClusterParameterGroup

SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.

func (*ClusterParameterGroup) SetTags added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterParameterGroup) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ClusterParameterGroup

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (ClusterParameterGroup) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ClusterParameterGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage 

type ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage struct {

	// The name of the cluster parameter group.
	ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the parameter group. For example, if you made a change to a
	// parameter group name-value pair, then the change could be pending a reboot
	// of an associated cluster.
	ParameterGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) SetParameterGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) SetParameterGroupName(v string) *ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage

SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.

func (*ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) SetParameterGroupStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) SetParameterGroupStatus(v string) *ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage

SetParameterGroupStatus sets the ParameterGroupStatus field's value.

func (ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterParameterGroupStatus 

type ClusterParameterGroupStatus struct {

	// The list of parameter statuses.
	//
	// For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon
	// Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ClusterParameterStatusList []*ClusterParameterStatus `type:"list"`

	// The status of parameter updates.
	ParameterApplyStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the cluster parameter group.
	ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the status of a parameter group.

func (ClusterParameterGroupStatus) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ClusterParameterGroupStatus) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ClusterParameterGroupStatus) SetClusterParameterStatusList added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterParameterGroupStatus) SetClusterParameterStatusList(v []*ClusterParameterStatus) *ClusterParameterGroupStatus

SetClusterParameterStatusList sets the ClusterParameterStatusList field's value.

func (*ClusterParameterGroupStatus) SetParameterApplyStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterParameterGroupStatus) SetParameterApplyStatus(v string) *ClusterParameterGroupStatus

SetParameterApplyStatus sets the ParameterApplyStatus field's value.

func (*ClusterParameterGroupStatus) SetParameterGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterParameterGroupStatus) SetParameterGroupName(v string) *ClusterParameterGroupStatus

SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.

func (ClusterParameterGroupStatus) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ClusterParameterGroupStatus) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterParameterStatus added in v0.6.4 

type ClusterParameterStatus struct {

	// The error that prevented the parameter from being applied to the database.
	ParameterApplyErrorDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the parameter that indicates whether the parameter is in sync
	// with the database, waiting for a cluster reboot, or encountered an error
	// when being applied.
	//
	// The following are possible statuses and descriptions.
	//
	//    * in-sync: The parameter value is in sync with the database.
	//
	//    * pending-reboot: The parameter value will be applied after the cluster
	//    reboots.
	//
	//    * applying: The parameter value is being applied to the database.
	//
	//    * invalid-parameter: Cannot apply the parameter value because it has an
	//    invalid value or syntax.
	//
	//    * apply-deferred: The parameter contains static property changes. The
	//    changes are deferred until the cluster reboots.
	//
	//    * apply-error: Cannot connect to the cluster. The parameter change will
	//    be applied after the cluster reboots.
	//
	//    * unknown-error: Cannot apply the parameter change right now. The change
	//    will be applied after the cluster reboots.
	ParameterApplyStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the parameter.
	ParameterName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the status of a parameter group.

func (ClusterParameterStatus) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ClusterParameterStatus) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ClusterParameterStatus) SetParameterApplyErrorDescription added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterParameterStatus) SetParameterApplyErrorDescription(v string) *ClusterParameterStatus

SetParameterApplyErrorDescription sets the ParameterApplyErrorDescription field's value.

func (*ClusterParameterStatus) SetParameterApplyStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterParameterStatus) SetParameterApplyStatus(v string) *ClusterParameterStatus

SetParameterApplyStatus sets the ParameterApplyStatus field's value.

func (*ClusterParameterStatus) SetParameterName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterParameterStatus) SetParameterName(v string) *ClusterParameterStatus

SetParameterName sets the ParameterName field's value.

func (ClusterParameterStatus) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ClusterParameterStatus) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterSecurityGroup 

type ClusterSecurityGroup struct {

	// The name of the cluster security group to which the operation was applied.
	ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A description of the security group.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of EC2 security groups that are permitted to access clusters associated
	// with this cluster security group.
	EC2SecurityGroups []*EC2SecurityGroup `locationNameList:"EC2SecurityGroup" type:"list"`

	// A list of IP ranges (CIDR blocks) that are permitted to access clusters associated
	// with this cluster security group.
	IPRanges []*IPRange `locationNameList:"IPRange" type:"list"`

	// The list of tags for the cluster security group.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a security group.

func (ClusterSecurityGroup) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ClusterSecurityGroup) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ClusterSecurityGroup) SetClusterSecurityGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterSecurityGroup) SetClusterSecurityGroupName(v string) *ClusterSecurityGroup

SetClusterSecurityGroupName sets the ClusterSecurityGroupName field's value.

func (*ClusterSecurityGroup) SetDescription added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterSecurityGroup) SetDescription(v string) *ClusterSecurityGroup

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*ClusterSecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroups added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterSecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroups(v []*EC2SecurityGroup) *ClusterSecurityGroup

SetEC2SecurityGroups sets the EC2SecurityGroups field's value.

func (*ClusterSecurityGroup) SetIPRanges added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterSecurityGroup) SetIPRanges(v []*IPRange) *ClusterSecurityGroup

SetIPRanges sets the IPRanges field's value.

func (*ClusterSecurityGroup) SetTags added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterSecurityGroup) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ClusterSecurityGroup

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (ClusterSecurityGroup) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ClusterSecurityGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterSecurityGroupMembership 

type ClusterSecurityGroupMembership struct {

	// The name of the cluster security group.
	ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the cluster security group.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a cluster security group.

func (ClusterSecurityGroupMembership) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ClusterSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ClusterSecurityGroupMembership) SetClusterSecurityGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterSecurityGroupMembership) SetClusterSecurityGroupName(v string) *ClusterSecurityGroupMembership

SetClusterSecurityGroupName sets the ClusterSecurityGroupName field's value.

func (*ClusterSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *ClusterSecurityGroupMembership

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (ClusterSecurityGroupMembership) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ClusterSecurityGroupMembership) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus 

type ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus struct {

	// The destination region that snapshots are automatically copied to when cross-region
	// snapshot copy is enabled.
	DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained in the destination
	// region after they are copied from a source region.
	RetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The name of the snapshot copy grant.
	SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns the destination region and retention period that are configured for cross-region snapshot copy.

func (ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) SetDestinationRegion added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus

SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value.

func (*ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) SetRetentionPeriod added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) SetRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus

SetRetentionPeriod sets the RetentionPeriod field's value.

func (*ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName(v string) *ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus

SetSnapshotCopyGrantName sets the SnapshotCopyGrantName field's value.

func (ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ClusterSnapshotCopyStatus) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterSubnetGroup 

type ClusterSubnetGroup struct {

	// The name of the cluster subnet group.
	ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The description of the cluster subnet group.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the cluster subnet group. Possible values are Complete, Incomplete
	// and Invalid.
	SubnetGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of the VPC Subnet elements.
	Subnets []*Subnet `locationNameList:"Subnet" type:"list"`

	// The list of tags for the cluster subnet group.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The VPC ID of the cluster subnet group.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a subnet group.

func (ClusterSubnetGroup) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ClusterSubnetGroup) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ClusterSubnetGroup) SetClusterSubnetGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterSubnetGroup) SetClusterSubnetGroupName(v string) *ClusterSubnetGroup

SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.

func (*ClusterSubnetGroup) SetDescription added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterSubnetGroup) SetDescription(v string) *ClusterSubnetGroup

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*ClusterSubnetGroup) SetSubnetGroupStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterSubnetGroup) SetSubnetGroupStatus(v string) *ClusterSubnetGroup

SetSubnetGroupStatus sets the SubnetGroupStatus field's value.

func (*ClusterSubnetGroup) SetSubnets added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterSubnetGroup) SetSubnets(v []*Subnet) *ClusterSubnetGroup

SetSubnets sets the Subnets field's value.

func (*ClusterSubnetGroup) SetTags added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterSubnetGroup) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ClusterSubnetGroup

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*ClusterSubnetGroup) SetVpcId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterSubnetGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *ClusterSubnetGroup

SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.

func (ClusterSubnetGroup) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ClusterSubnetGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ClusterVersion 

type ClusterVersion struct {

	// The name of the cluster parameter group family for the cluster.
	ClusterParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// The version number used by the cluster.
	ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The description of the cluster version.
	Description *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a cluster version, including the parameter group family and description of the version.

func (ClusterVersion) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ClusterVersion) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ClusterVersion) SetClusterParameterGroupFamily added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterVersion) SetClusterParameterGroupFamily(v string) *ClusterVersion

SetClusterParameterGroupFamily sets the ClusterParameterGroupFamily field's value.

func (*ClusterVersion) SetClusterVersion added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterVersion) SetClusterVersion(v string) *ClusterVersion

SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.

func (*ClusterVersion) SetDescription added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ClusterVersion) SetDescription(v string) *ClusterVersion

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (ClusterVersion) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ClusterVersion) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CopyClusterSnapshotInput 

type CopyClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// The identifier of the cluster the source snapshot was created from. This
	// parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot
	// resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be the identifier for a valid cluster.
	SourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier for the source snapshot.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be the identifier for a valid automated snapshot whose state is
	//    available.
	//
	// SourceSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	SourceSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier given to the new manual snapshot.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Cannot be null, empty, or blank.
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//    * Must be unique for the AWS account that is making the request.
	//
	// TargetSnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	TargetSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyClusterSnapshotInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CopyClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CopyClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier(v string) *CopyClusterSnapshotInput

SetSourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier sets the SourceSnapshotClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*CopyClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceSnapshotIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyClusterSnapshotInput

SetSourceSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceSnapshotIdentifier field's value.

func (*CopyClusterSnapshotInput) SetTargetSnapshotIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyClusterSnapshotInput) SetTargetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyClusterSnapshotInput

SetTargetSnapshotIdentifier sets the TargetSnapshotIdentifier field's value.

func (CopyClusterSnapshotInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CopyClusterSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CopyClusterSnapshotInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *CopyClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CopyClusterSnapshotOutput 

type CopyClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Describes a snapshot.
	Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CopyClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CopyClusterSnapshotOutput) SetSnapshot added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CopyClusterSnapshotOutput) SetSnapshot(v *Snapshot) *CopyClusterSnapshotOutput

SetSnapshot sets the Snapshot field's value.

func (CopyClusterSnapshotOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CopyClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateClusterInput 

type CreateClusterInput struct {

	// Reserved.
	AdditionalInfo *string `type:"string"`

	// If true, major version upgrades can be applied during the maintenance window
	// to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.
	//
	// When a new major version of the Amazon Redshift engine is released, you can
	// request that the service automatically apply upgrades during the maintenance
	// window to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on your cluster.
	//
	// Default: true
	AllowVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is
	// 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled,
	// you can still create manual snapshots when you want with CreateClusterSnapshot.
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.
	AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The EC2 Availability Zone (AZ) in which you want Amazon Redshift to provision
	// the cluster. For example, if you have several EC2 instances running in a
	// specific Availability Zone, then you might want the cluster to be provisioned
	// in the same zone in order to decrease network latency.
	//
	// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the region that is
	// specified by the endpoint.
	//
	// Example: us-east-1d
	//
	// Constraint: The specified Availability Zone must be in the same region as
	// the current endpoint.
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// A unique identifier for the cluster. You use this identifier to refer to
	// the cluster for any subsequent cluster operations such as deleting or modifying.
	// The identifier also appears in the Amazon Redshift console.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//    * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account.
	//
	// Example: myexamplecluster
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster.
	//
	// Default: The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For information
	// about the default parameter group, go to Working with Amazon Redshift Parameter
	// Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	ClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of security groups to be associated with this cluster.
	//
	// Default: The default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift.
	ClusterSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`

	// The name of a cluster subnet group to be associated with this cluster.
	//
	// If this parameter is not provided the resulting cluster will be deployed
	// outside virtual private cloud (VPC).
	ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of the cluster. When cluster type is specified as
	//
	//    * single-node, the NumberOfNodes parameter is not required.
	//
	//    * multi-node, the NumberOfNodes parameter is required.
	//
	// Valid Values: multi-node | single-node
	//
	// Default: multi-node
	ClusterType *string `type:"string"`

	// The version of the Amazon Redshift engine software that you want to deploy
	// on the cluster.
	//
	// The version selected runs on all the nodes in the cluster.
	//
	// Constraints: Only version 1.0 is currently available.
	//
	// Example: 1.0
	ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the first database to be created when the cluster is created.
	//
	// To create additional databases after the cluster is created, connect to the
	// cluster with a SQL client and use SQL commands to create a database. For
	// more information, go to Create a Database (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/t_creating_database.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
	//
	// Default: dev
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.
	//
	//    * Must contain only lowercase letters.
	//
	//    * Cannot be a word that is reserved by the service. A list of reserved
	//    words can be found in Reserved Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
	//    in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
	DBName *string `type:"string"`

	// The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
	//
	// Constraints: The cluster must be provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible
	// through an Internet gateway. For more information about provisioning clusters
	// in EC2-VPC, go to Supported Platforms to Launch Your Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#cluster-platforms)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ElasticIp *string `type:"string"`

	// If true, the data in the cluster is encrypted at rest.
	//
	// Default: false
	Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
	// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
	// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
	// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	//
	// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
	//
	// Default: false
	EnhancedVpcRouting *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
	// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
	HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information
	// the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
	HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used
	// by the cluster to access other AWS services. You must supply the IAM roles
	// in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can supply up to 10 IAM roles
	// in a single request.
	//
	// A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated with it at any time.
	IamRoles []*string `locationNameList:"IamRoleArn" type:"list"`

	// The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that you
	// want to use to encrypt data in the cluster.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The password associated with the master user account for the cluster that
	// is being created.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length.
	//
	//    * Must contain at least one uppercase letter.
	//
	//    * Must contain at least one lowercase letter.
	//
	//    * Must contain one number.
	//
	//    * Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33 to 126) except '
	//    (single quote), " (double quote), \, /, @, or space.
	//
	// MasterUserPassword is a required field
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The user name associated with the master user account for the cluster that
	// is being created.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 - 128 alphanumeric characters. The user name can't be PUBLIC.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in
	//    Reserved Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
	//    in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
	//
	// MasterUsername is a required field
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The node type to be provisioned for the cluster. For information about node
	// types, go to  Working with Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#how-many-nodes)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	//
	// Valid Values: ds2.xlarge | ds2.8xlarge | ds2.xlarge | ds2.8xlarge | dc1.large
	// | dc1.8xlarge | dc2.large | dc2.8xlarge
	//
	// NodeType is a required field
	NodeType *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The number of compute nodes in the cluster. This parameter is required when
	// the ClusterType parameter is specified as multi-node.
	//
	// For information about determining how many nodes you need, go to  Working
	// with Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#how-many-nodes)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	//
	// If you don't specify this parameter, you get a single-node cluster. When
	// requesting a multi-node cluster, you must specify the number of nodes that
	// you want in the cluster.
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Constraints: Value must be at least 1 and no more than 100.
	NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The port number on which the cluster accepts incoming connections.
	//
	// The cluster is accessible only via the JDBC and ODBC connection strings.
	// Part of the connection string requires the port on which the cluster will
	// listen for incoming connections.
	//
	// Default: 5439
	//
	// Valid Values: 1150-65535
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which automated cluster maintenance
	// can occur.
	//
	// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
	//
	// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time
	// per region, occurring on a random day of the week. For more information about
	// the time blocks for each region, see Maintenance Windows (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-maintenance-windows)
	// in Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	//
	// Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// If true, the cluster can be accessed from a public network.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with
	// the cluster.
	//
	// Default: The default VPC security group is associated with the cluster.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClusterInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateClusterInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetAdditionalInfo added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetAdditionalInfo(v string) *CreateClusterInput

SetAdditionalInfo sets the AdditionalInfo field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetAllowVersionUpgrade added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetAllowVersionUpgrade(v bool) *CreateClusterInput

SetAllowVersionUpgrade sets the AllowVersionUpgrade field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateClusterInput

SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod sets the AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetAvailabilityZone added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateClusterInput

SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateClusterInput

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetClusterParameterGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateClusterInput

SetClusterParameterGroupName sets the ClusterParameterGroupName field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetClusterSecurityGroups added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetClusterSecurityGroups(v []*string) *CreateClusterInput

SetClusterSecurityGroups sets the ClusterSecurityGroups field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetClusterSubnetGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetClusterSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateClusterInput

SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetClusterType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetClusterType(v string) *CreateClusterInput

SetClusterType sets the ClusterType field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetClusterVersion added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetClusterVersion(v string) *CreateClusterInput

SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetDBName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetDBName(v string) *CreateClusterInput

SetDBName sets the DBName field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetElasticIp added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetElasticIp(v string) *CreateClusterInput

SetElasticIp sets the ElasticIp field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetEncrypted added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetEncrypted(v bool) *CreateClusterInput

SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetEnhancedVpcRouting added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetEnhancedVpcRouting(v bool) *CreateClusterInput

SetEnhancedVpcRouting sets the EnhancedVpcRouting field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier(v string) *CreateClusterInput

SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier(v string) *CreateClusterInput

SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetIamRoles added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetIamRoles(v []*string) *CreateClusterInput

SetIamRoles sets the IamRoles field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetKmsKeyId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateClusterInput

SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *CreateClusterInput

SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetMasterUsername added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetMasterUsername(v string) *CreateClusterInput

SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetNodeType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetNodeType(v string) *CreateClusterInput

SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetNumberOfNodes added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *CreateClusterInput

SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetPort added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateClusterInput

SetPort sets the Port field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *CreateClusterInput

SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetPubliclyAccessible added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *CreateClusterInput

SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetTags added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateClusterInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*CreateClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateClusterInput

SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.

func (CreateClusterInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateClusterInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *CreateClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateClusterOutput 

type CreateClusterOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClusterOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateClusterOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateClusterOutput) SetCluster added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterOutput) SetCluster(v *Cluster) *CreateClusterOutput

SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.

func (CreateClusterOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateClusterParameterGroupInput 

type CreateClusterParameterGroupInput struct {

	// A description of the parameter group.
	//
	// Description is a required field
	Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The Amazon Redshift engine version to which the cluster parameter group applies.
	// The cluster engine version determines the set of parameters.
	//
	// To get a list of valid parameter group family names, you can call DescribeClusterParameterGroups.
	// By default, Amazon Redshift returns a list of all the parameter groups that
	// are owned by your AWS account, including the default parameter groups for
	// each Amazon Redshift engine version. The parameter group family names associated
	// with the default parameter groups provide you the valid values. For example,
	// a valid family name is "redshift-1.0".
	//
	// ParameterGroupFamily is a required field
	ParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the cluster parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//    * Must be unique withing your AWS account.
	//
	// This value is stored as a lower-case string.
	//
	// ParameterGroupName is a required field
	ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDescription added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameterGroupFamily added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameterGroupFamily(v string) *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput

SetParameterGroupFamily sets the ParameterGroupFamily field's value.

func (*CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameterGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput

SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.

func (*CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTags added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput 

type CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {

	// Describes a parameter group.
	ClusterParameterGroup *ClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetClusterParameterGroup added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetClusterParameterGroup(v *ClusterParameterGroup) *CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput

SetClusterParameterGroup sets the ClusterParameterGroup field's value.

func (CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput 

type CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput struct {

	// The name for the security group. Amazon Redshift stores the value as a lowercase
	// string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * Must not be "Default".
	//
	//    * Must be unique for all security groups that are created by your AWS
	//    account.
	//
	// Example: examplesecuritygroup
	//
	// ClusterSecurityGroupName is a required field
	ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A description for the security group.
	//
	// Description is a required field
	Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) SetClusterSecurityGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) SetClusterSecurityGroupName(v string) *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput

SetClusterSecurityGroupName sets the ClusterSecurityGroupName field's value.

func (*CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) SetDescription added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) SetTags added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput 

type CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput struct {

	// Describes a security group.
	ClusterSecurityGroup *ClusterSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput) SetClusterSecurityGroup added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput) SetClusterSecurityGroup(v *ClusterSecurityGroup) *CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput

SetClusterSecurityGroup sets the ClusterSecurityGroup field's value.

func (CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateClusterSnapshotInput 

type CreateClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// The cluster identifier for which you want a snapshot.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A unique identifier for the snapshot that you are requesting. This identifier
	// must be unique for all snapshots within the AWS account.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Cannot be null, empty, or blank
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	// Example: my-snapshot-id
	//
	// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClusterSnapshotInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateClusterSnapshotInput) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterSnapshotInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateClusterSnapshotInput

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*CreateClusterSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CreateClusterSnapshotInput

SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.

func (*CreateClusterSnapshotInput) SetTags added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateClusterSnapshotInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (CreateClusterSnapshotInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateClusterSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateClusterSnapshotInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *CreateClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateClusterSnapshotOutput 

type CreateClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Describes a snapshot.
	Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateClusterSnapshotOutput) SetSnapshot added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterSnapshotOutput) SetSnapshot(v *Snapshot) *CreateClusterSnapshotOutput

SetSnapshot sets the Snapshot field's value.

func (CreateClusterSnapshotOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput 

type CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput struct {

	// The name for the subnet group. Amazon Redshift stores the value as a lowercase
	// string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * Must not be "Default".
	//
	//    * Must be unique for all subnet groups that are created by your AWS account.
	//
	// Example: examplesubnetgroup
	//
	// ClusterSubnetGroupName is a required field
	ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A description for the subnet group.
	//
	// Description is a required field
	Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// An array of VPC subnet IDs. A maximum of 20 subnets can be modified in a
	// single request.
	//
	// SubnetIds is a required field
	SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetClusterSubnetGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetClusterSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput

SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.

func (*CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetDescription added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput

SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.

func (*CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetTags added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput 

type CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput struct {

	// Describes a subnet group.
	ClusterSubnetGroup *ClusterSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput) SetClusterSubnetGroup added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput) SetClusterSubnetGroup(v *ClusterSubnetGroup) *CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput

SetClusterSubnetGroup sets the ClusterSubnetGroup field's value.

func (CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateEventSubscriptionInput 

type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct {

	// A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription, set to false to
	// create the subscription but not active it.
	Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event categories to be published by the event
	// notification subscription.
	//
	// Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security
	EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event severity to be published by the event
	// notification subscription.
	//
	// Values: ERROR, INFO
	Severity *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic used to transmit the
	// event notifications. The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic
	// and subscribe to it.
	//
	// SnsTopicArn is a required field
	SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All
	// of the objects must be of the same type as was specified in the source type
	// parameter. The event subscription will return only events generated by the
	// specified objects. If not specified, then events are returned for all objects
	// within the source type specified.
	//
	// Example: my-cluster-1, my-cluster-2
	//
	// Example: my-snapshot-20131010
	SourceIds []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`

	// The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you
	// want to be notified of events generated by a cluster, you would set this
	// parameter to cluster. If this value is not specified, events are returned
	// for all Amazon Redshift objects in your AWS account. You must specify a source
	// type in order to specify source IDs.
	//
	// Valid values: cluster, cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, and
	// cluster-snapshot.
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the event subscription to be created.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Cannot be null, empty, or blank.
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// SubscriptionName is a required field
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateEventSubscriptionInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput

SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.

func (*CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput

SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.

func (*CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSeverity added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSeverity(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput

SetSeverity sets the Severity field's value.

func (*CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput

SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value.

func (*CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIds added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIds(v []*string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput

SetSourceIds sets the SourceIds field's value.

func (*CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput

SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.

func (*CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput

SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.

func (*CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetTags added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (CreateEventSubscriptionInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateEventSubscriptionInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput 

type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput struct {

	// Describes event subscriptions.
	EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput

SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value.

func (CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateHsmClientCertificateInput added in v0.9.5 

type CreateHsmClientCertificateInput struct {

	// The identifier to be assigned to the new HSM client certificate that the
	// cluster will use to connect to the HSM to use the database encryption keys.
	//
	// HsmClientCertificateIdentifier is a required field
	HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier(v string) *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput

SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.

func (*CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) SetTags added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput added in v0.9.5 

type CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput struct {

	// Returns information about an HSM client certificate. The certificate is stored
	// in a secure Hardware Storage Module (HSM), and used by the Amazon Redshift
	// cluster to encrypt data files.
	HsmClientCertificate *HsmClientCertificate `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput) SetHsmClientCertificate added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput) SetHsmClientCertificate(v *HsmClientCertificate) *CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput

SetHsmClientCertificate sets the HsmClientCertificate field's value.

func (CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateHsmConfigurationInput added in v0.9.5 

type CreateHsmConfigurationInput struct {

	// A text description of the HSM configuration to be created.
	//
	// Description is a required field
	Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier to be assigned to the new Amazon Redshift HSM configuration.
	//
	// HsmConfigurationIdentifier is a required field
	HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The IP address that the Amazon Redshift cluster must use to access the HSM.
	//
	// HsmIpAddress is a required field
	HsmIpAddress *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the partition in the HSM where the Amazon Redshift clusters will
	// store their database encryption keys.
	//
	// HsmPartitionName is a required field
	HsmPartitionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The password required to access the HSM partition.
	//
	// HsmPartitionPassword is a required field
	HsmPartitionPassword *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The HSMs public certificate file. When using Cloud HSM, the file name is
	// server.pem.
	//
	// HsmServerPublicCertificate is a required field
	HsmServerPublicCertificate *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateHsmConfigurationInput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s CreateHsmConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateHsmConfigurationInput) SetDescription added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateHsmConfigurationInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*CreateHsmConfigurationInput) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier(v string) *CreateHsmConfigurationInput

SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.

func (*CreateHsmConfigurationInput) SetHsmIpAddress added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) SetHsmIpAddress(v string) *CreateHsmConfigurationInput

SetHsmIpAddress sets the HsmIpAddress field's value.

func (*CreateHsmConfigurationInput) SetHsmPartitionName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) SetHsmPartitionName(v string) *CreateHsmConfigurationInput

SetHsmPartitionName sets the HsmPartitionName field's value.

func (*CreateHsmConfigurationInput) SetHsmPartitionPassword added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) SetHsmPartitionPassword(v string) *CreateHsmConfigurationInput

SetHsmPartitionPassword sets the HsmPartitionPassword field's value.

func (*CreateHsmConfigurationInput) SetHsmServerPublicCertificate added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) SetHsmServerPublicCertificate(v string) *CreateHsmConfigurationInput

SetHsmServerPublicCertificate sets the HsmServerPublicCertificate field's value.

func (*CreateHsmConfigurationInput) SetTags added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateHsmConfigurationInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (CreateHsmConfigurationInput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s CreateHsmConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateHsmConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateHsmConfigurationOutput added in v0.9.5 

type CreateHsmConfigurationOutput struct {

	// Returns information about an HSM configuration, which is an object that describes
	// to Amazon Redshift clusters the information they require to connect to an
	// HSM where they can store database encryption keys.
	HsmConfiguration *HsmConfiguration `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateHsmConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s CreateHsmConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateHsmConfigurationOutput) SetHsmConfiguration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateHsmConfigurationOutput) SetHsmConfiguration(v *HsmConfiguration) *CreateHsmConfigurationOutput

SetHsmConfiguration sets the HsmConfiguration field's value.

func (CreateHsmConfigurationOutput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s CreateHsmConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput added in v0.6.4 

type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the customer master key (CMK) to which to grant
	// Amazon Redshift permission. If no key is specified, the default key is used.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the snapshot copy grant. This name must be unique in the region
	// for the AWS account.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//    * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account.
	//
	// SnapshotCopyGrantName is a required field
	SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The result of the CreateSnapshotCopyGrant action.

func (CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) SetKmsKeyId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput

SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.

func (*CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName(v string) *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput

SetSnapshotCopyGrantName sets the SnapshotCopyGrantName field's value.

func (*CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) SetTags added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput added in v0.6.4 

type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput struct {

	// The snapshot copy grant that grants Amazon Redshift permission to encrypt
	// copied snapshots with the specified customer master key (CMK) from AWS KMS
	// in the destination region.
	//
	// For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon Redshift
	// Database Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	SnapshotCopyGrant *SnapshotCopyGrant `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) SetSnapshotCopyGrant added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) SetSnapshotCopyGrant(v *SnapshotCopyGrant) *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput

SetSnapshotCopyGrant sets the SnapshotCopyGrant field's value.

func (CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateTagsInput 

type CreateTagsInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to which you want to add the tag or tags.
	// For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1.
	//
	// ResourceName is a required field
	ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// One or more name/value pairs to add as tags to the specified resource. Each
	// tag name is passed in with the parameter Key and the corresponding value
	// is passed in with the parameter Value. The Key and Value parameters are separated
	// by a comma (,). Separate multiple tags with a space. For example, --tags
	// "Key"="owner","Value"="admin" "Key"="environment","Value"="test" "Key"="version","Value"="1.0".
	//
	// Tags is a required field
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the CreateTags action.

func (CreateTagsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateTagsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateTagsInput) SetResourceName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateTagsInput) SetResourceName(v string) *CreateTagsInput

SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value.

func (*CreateTagsInput) SetTags added in v1.5.0 

func (s *CreateTagsInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateTagsInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (CreateTagsInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateTagsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateTagsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *CreateTagsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateTagsOutput 

type CreateTagsOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateTagsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateTagsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateTagsOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s CreateTagsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DefaultClusterParameters 

type DefaultClusterParameters struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the cluster parameter group family to which the engine default
	// parameters apply.
	ParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of cluster default parameters.
	Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the default cluster parameters for a parameter group family.

func (DefaultClusterParameters) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DefaultClusterParameters) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DefaultClusterParameters) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DefaultClusterParameters) SetMarker(v string) *DefaultClusterParameters

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DefaultClusterParameters) SetParameterGroupFamily added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DefaultClusterParameters) SetParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DefaultClusterParameters

SetParameterGroupFamily sets the ParameterGroupFamily field's value.

func (*DefaultClusterParameters) SetParameters added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DefaultClusterParameters) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *DefaultClusterParameters

SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.

func (DefaultClusterParameters) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DefaultClusterParameters) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteClusterInput 

type DeleteClusterInput struct {

	// The identifier of the cluster to be deleted.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain lowercase characters.
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier of the final snapshot that is to be created immediately before
	// deleting the cluster. If this parameter is provided, SkipFinalClusterSnapshot
	// must be false.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Determines whether a final snapshot of the cluster is created before Amazon
	// Redshift deletes the cluster. If true, a final cluster snapshot is not created.
	// If false, a final cluster snapshot is created before the cluster is deleted.
	//
	// The FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if SkipFinalClusterSnapshot
	// is false.
	//
	// Default: false
	SkipFinalClusterSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClusterInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteClusterInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteClusterInput) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteClusterInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *DeleteClusterInput

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*DeleteClusterInput) SetFinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteClusterInput) SetFinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteClusterInput

SetFinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value.

func (*DeleteClusterInput) SetSkipFinalClusterSnapshot added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteClusterInput) SetSkipFinalClusterSnapshot(v bool) *DeleteClusterInput

SetSkipFinalClusterSnapshot sets the SkipFinalClusterSnapshot field's value.

func (DeleteClusterInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteClusterInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DeleteClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteClusterOutput 

type DeleteClusterOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClusterOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteClusterOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteClusterOutput) SetCluster added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteClusterOutput) SetCluster(v *Cluster) *DeleteClusterOutput

SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.

func (DeleteClusterOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput 

type DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the parameter group to be deleted.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be the name of an existing cluster parameter group.
	//
	//    * Cannot delete a default cluster parameter group.
	//
	// ParameterGroupName is a required field
	ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameterGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameterGroupName(v string) *DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput

SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.

func (DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput 

type DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput 

type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the cluster security group to be deleted.
	//
	// ClusterSecurityGroupName is a required field
	ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) SetClusterSecurityGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) SetClusterSecurityGroupName(v string) *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput

SetClusterSecurityGroupName sets the ClusterSecurityGroupName field's value.

func (DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput 

type DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteClusterSnapshotInput 

type DeleteClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This
	// parameter is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot
	// resource element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster.
	SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The unique identifier of the manual snapshot to be deleted.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be the name of an existing snapshot that is in the available
	// state.
	//
	// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier(v string) *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput

SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier sets the SnapshotClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput

SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.

func (DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput 

type DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Describes a snapshot.
	Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput) SetSnapshot added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput) SetSnapshot(v *Snapshot) *DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput

SetSnapshot sets the Snapshot field's value.

func (DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput 

type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the cluster subnet group name to be deleted.
	//
	// ClusterSubnetGroupName is a required field
	ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetClusterSubnetGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetClusterSubnetGroupName(v string) *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput

SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.

func (DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput 

type DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput 

type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput struct {

	// The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription to be deleted.
	//
	// SubscriptionName is a required field
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput

SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.

func (DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput 

type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput added in v0.9.5 

type DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput struct {

	// The identifier of the HSM client certificate to be deleted.
	//
	// HsmClientCertificateIdentifier is a required field
	HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier(v string) *DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput

SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.

func (DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput added in v0.9.5 

type DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteHsmConfigurationInput added in v0.9.5 

type DeleteHsmConfigurationInput struct {

	// The identifier of the Amazon Redshift HSM configuration to be deleted.
	//
	// HsmConfigurationIdentifier is a required field
	HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier(v string) *DeleteHsmConfigurationInput

SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.

func (DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput added in v0.9.5 

type DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput added in v0.6.4 

type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput struct {

	// The name of the snapshot copy grant to delete.
	//
	// SnapshotCopyGrantName is a required field
	SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The result of the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant action.

func (DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName(v string) *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput

SetSnapshotCopyGrantName sets the SnapshotCopyGrantName field's value.

func (DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput added in v0.6.4 

type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteTagsInput 

type DeleteTagsInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) from which you want to remove the tag or tags.
	// For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1.
	//
	// ResourceName is a required field
	ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The tag key that you want to delete.
	//
	// TagKeys is a required field
	TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DeleteTags action.

func (DeleteTagsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteTagsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteTagsInput) SetResourceName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteTagsInput) SetResourceName(v string) *DeleteTagsInput

SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value.

func (*DeleteTagsInput) SetTagKeys added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DeleteTagsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DeleteTagsInput

SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.

func (DeleteTagsInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteTagsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteTagsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DeleteTagsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteTagsOutput 

type DeleteTagsOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteTagsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteTagsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteTagsOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DeleteTagsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput 

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterParameterGroups request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of a specific parameter group for which to return details. By default,
	// details about all parameter groups and the default parameter group are returned.
	ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster parameter
	// groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
	// that you have parameter groups that are tagged with keys called owner and
	// environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the parameter groups that have either or
	// both of these tag keys associated with them.
	TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster parameter
	// groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
	// suppose that you have parameter groups that are tagged with values called
	// admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the parameter groups that have either or
	// both of these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput

SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetParameterGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput

SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetTagKeys added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput

SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetTagValues added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetTagValues(v []*string) *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput

SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.

func (DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput 

type DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of ClusterParameterGroup instances. Each instance describes one cluster
	// parameter group.
	ParameterGroups []*ClusterParameterGroup `locationNameList:"ClusterParameterGroup" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DescribeClusterParameterGroups action.

func (DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetParameterGroups added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetParameterGroups(v []*ClusterParameterGroup) *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput

SetParameterGroups sets the ParameterGroups field's value.

func (DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterParametersInput 

type DescribeClusterParametersInput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterParameters request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of a cluster parameter group for which to return details.
	//
	// ParameterGroupName is a required field
	ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The parameter types to return. Specify user to show parameters that are different
	// form the default. Similarly, specify engine-default to show parameters that
	// are the same as the default parameter group.
	//
	// Default: All parameter types returned.
	//
	// Valid Values: user | engine-default
	Source *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeClusterParametersInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterParametersInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeClusterParametersInput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterParametersInput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeClusterParametersInput

SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterParametersInput) SetParameterGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterParametersInput) SetParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeClusterParametersInput

SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterParametersInput) SetSource added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterParametersInput) SetSource(v string) *DescribeClusterParametersInput

SetSource sets the Source field's value.

func (DescribeClusterParametersInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterParametersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeClusterParametersInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DescribeClusterParametersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeClusterParametersOutput 

type DescribeClusterParametersOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of Parameter instances. Each instance lists the parameters of one
	// cluster parameter group.
	Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DescribeClusterParameters action.

func (DescribeClusterParametersOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeClusterParametersOutput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterParametersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterParametersOutput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterParametersOutput) SetParameters added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterParametersOutput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *DescribeClusterParametersOutput

SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.

func (DescribeClusterParametersOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterParametersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput 

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput struct {

	// The name of a cluster security group for which you are requesting details.
	// You can specify either the Marker parameter or a ClusterSecurityGroupName
	// parameter, but not both.
	//
	// Example: securitygroup1
	ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSecurityGroups request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	//
	// Constraints: You can specify either the ClusterSecurityGroupName parameter
	// or the Marker parameter, but not both.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster security
	// groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
	// that you have security groups that are tagged with keys called owner and
	// environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the security groups that have either or
	// both of these tag keys associated with them.
	TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster security
	// groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
	// suppose that you have security groups that are tagged with values called
	// admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the security groups that have either or
	// both of these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) SetClusterSecurityGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) SetClusterSecurityGroupName(v string) *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput

SetClusterSecurityGroupName sets the ClusterSecurityGroupName field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput

SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) SetTagKeys added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput

SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) SetTagValues added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) SetTagValues(v []*string) *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput

SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.

func (DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput 

type DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput struct {

	// A list of ClusterSecurityGroup instances.
	ClusterSecurityGroups []*ClusterSecurityGroup `locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroup" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput) SetClusterSecurityGroups added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput) SetClusterSecurityGroups(v []*ClusterSecurityGroup) *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput

SetClusterSecurityGroups sets the ClusterSecurityGroups field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput 

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput struct {

	// A value that indicates whether to return snapshots only for an existing cluster.
	// Table-level restore can be performed only using a snapshot of an existing
	// cluster, that is, a cluster that has not been deleted. If ClusterExists is
	// set to true, ClusterIdentifier is required.
	ClusterExists *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The identifier of the cluster for which information about snapshots is requested.
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A time value that requests only snapshots created at or before the specified
	// time. The time value is specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information
	// about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
	//
	// Example: 2012-07-16T18:00:00Z
	EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSnapshots request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The AWS customer account used to create or copy the snapshot. Use this field
	// to filter the results to snapshots owned by a particular account. To describe
	// snapshots you own, either specify your AWS customer account, or do not specify
	// the parameter.
	OwnerAccount *string `type:"string"`

	// The snapshot identifier of the snapshot about which to return information.
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of snapshots for which you are requesting information. By default,
	// snapshots of all types are returned.
	//
	// Valid Values: automated | manual
	SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that requests only snapshots created at or after the specified time.
	// The time value is specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about
	// ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
	//
	// Example: 2012-07-16T18:00:00Z
	StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster snapshots
	// that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
	// that you have snapshots that are tagged with keys called owner and environment.
	// If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
	// a response with the snapshots that have either or both of these tag keys
	// associated with them.
	TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster snapshots
	// that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
	// suppose that you have snapshots that are tagged with values called admin
	// and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the snapshots that have either or both of
	// these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetClusterExists added in v1.13.12 

func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetClusterExists(v bool) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput

SetClusterExists sets the ClusterExists field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetEndTime added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput

SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMaxRecords added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput

SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetOwnerAccount added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetOwnerAccount(v string) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput

SetOwnerAccount sets the OwnerAccount field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput

SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput

SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetStartTime added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput

SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetTagKeys added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput

SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetTagValues added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) SetTagValues(v []*string) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput

SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.

func (DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput 

type DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of Snapshot instances.
	Snapshots []*Snapshot `locationNameList:"Snapshot" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DescribeClusterSnapshots action.

func (DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetSnapshots added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetSnapshots(v []*Snapshot) *DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput

SetSnapshots sets the Snapshots field's value.

func (DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput 

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput struct {

	// The name of the cluster subnet group for which information is requested.
	ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterSubnetGroups request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching cluster subnet
	// groups that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
	// that you have subnet groups that are tagged with keys called owner and environment.
	// If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
	// a response with the subnet groups that have either or both of these tag keys
	// associated with them.
	TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching cluster subnet
	// groups that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
	// suppose that you have subnet groups that are tagged with values called admin
	// and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the subnet groups that have either or both
	// of these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) SetClusterSubnetGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) SetClusterSubnetGroupName(v string) *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput

SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput

SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) SetTagKeys added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput

SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) SetTagValues added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) SetTagValues(v []*string) *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput

SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.

func (DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput 

type DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput struct {

	// A list of ClusterSubnetGroup instances.
	ClusterSubnetGroups []*ClusterSubnetGroup `locationNameList:"ClusterSubnetGroup" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DescribeClusterSubnetGroups action.

func (DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput) SetClusterSubnetGroups added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput) SetClusterSubnetGroups(v []*ClusterSubnetGroup) *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput

SetClusterSubnetGroups sets the ClusterSubnetGroups field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterVersionsInput 

type DescribeClusterVersionsInput struct {

	// The name of a specific cluster parameter group family to return details for.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	ClusterParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// The specific cluster version to return.
	//
	// Example: 1.0
	ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusterVersions request exceed
	// the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker field
	// of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing
	// the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeClusterVersionsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterVersionsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeClusterVersionsInput) SetClusterParameterGroupFamily added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterVersionsInput) SetClusterParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeClusterVersionsInput

SetClusterParameterGroupFamily sets the ClusterParameterGroupFamily field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterVersionsInput) SetClusterVersion added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterVersionsInput) SetClusterVersion(v string) *DescribeClusterVersionsInput

SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterVersionsInput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterVersionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterVersionsInput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterVersionsInput) SetMaxRecords added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterVersionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeClusterVersionsInput

SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.

func (DescribeClusterVersionsInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterVersionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClusterVersionsOutput 

type DescribeClusterVersionsOutput struct {

	// A list of Version elements.
	ClusterVersions []*ClusterVersion `locationNameList:"ClusterVersion" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DescribeClusterVersions action.

func (DescribeClusterVersionsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterVersionsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeClusterVersionsOutput) SetClusterVersions added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterVersionsOutput) SetClusterVersions(v []*ClusterVersion) *DescribeClusterVersionsOutput

SetClusterVersions sets the ClusterVersions field's value.

func (*DescribeClusterVersionsOutput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClusterVersionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClusterVersionsOutput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (DescribeClusterVersionsOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClusterVersionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClustersInput 

type DescribeClustersInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of a cluster whose properties you are requesting. This
	// parameter is case sensitive.
	//
	// The default is that all clusters defined for an account are returned.
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeClusters request exceed the
	// value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker field of
	// the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing
	// the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
	//
	// Constraints: You can specify either the ClusterIdentifier parameter or the
	// Marker parameter, but not both.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching clusters that
	// are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that
	// you have clusters that are tagged with keys called owner and environment.
	// If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
	// a response with the clusters that have either or both of these tag keys associated
	// with them.
	TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching clusters
	// that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
	// suppose that you have clusters that are tagged with values called admin and
	// test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift
	// returns a response with the clusters that have either or both of these tag
	// values associated with them.
	TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeClustersInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClustersInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeClustersInput) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClustersInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeClustersInput

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*DescribeClustersInput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClustersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClustersInput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeClustersInput) SetMaxRecords added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClustersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeClustersInput

SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.

func (*DescribeClustersInput) SetTagKeys added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClustersInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DescribeClustersInput

SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.

func (*DescribeClustersInput) SetTagValues added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClustersInput) SetTagValues(v []*string) *DescribeClustersInput

SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.

func (DescribeClustersInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClustersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeClustersOutput 

type DescribeClustersOutput struct {

	// A list of Cluster objects, where each object describes one cluster.
	Clusters []*Cluster `locationNameList:"Cluster" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DescribeClusters action.

func (DescribeClustersOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClustersOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeClustersOutput) SetClusters added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClustersOutput) SetClusters(v []*Cluster) *DescribeClustersOutput

SetClusters sets the Clusters field's value.

func (*DescribeClustersOutput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeClustersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeClustersOutput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (DescribeClustersOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeClustersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput 

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeDefaultClusterParameters
	// request exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in
	// the Marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response
	// records by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and
	// retrying the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of the cluster parameter group family.
	//
	// ParameterGroupFamily is a required field
	ParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput

SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.

func (*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetParameterGroupFamily added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput

SetParameterGroupFamily sets the ParameterGroupFamily field's value.

func (DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput 

type DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput struct {

	// Describes the default cluster parameters for a parameter group family.
	DefaultClusterParameters *DefaultClusterParameters `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput) SetDefaultClusterParameters added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput) SetDefaultClusterParameters(v *DefaultClusterParameters) *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput

SetDefaultClusterParameters sets the DefaultClusterParameters field's value.

func (DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEventCategoriesInput 

type DescribeEventCategoriesInput struct {

	// The source type, such as cluster or parameter group, to which the described
	// event categories apply.
	//
	// Valid values: cluster, cluster-snapshot, cluster-parameter-group, and cluster-security-group.
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEventCategoriesInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetSourceType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventCategoriesInput

SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.

func (DescribeEventCategoriesInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput 

type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput struct {

	// A list of event categories descriptions.
	EventCategoriesMapList []*EventCategoriesMap `locationNameList:"EventCategoriesMap" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) SetEventCategoriesMapList added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) SetEventCategoriesMapList(v []*EventCategoriesMap) *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput

SetEventCategoriesMapList sets the EventCategoriesMapList field's value.

func (DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput 

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeEventSubscriptions request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription to be described.
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string"`

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching event notification
	// subscriptions that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example,
	// suppose that you have subscriptions that are tagged with keys called owner
	// and environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the subscriptions that have either or both
	// of these tag keys associated with them.
	TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching event notification
	// subscriptions that are associated with the specified tag value or values.
	// For example, suppose that you have subscriptions that are tagged with values
	// called admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request,
	// Amazon Redshift returns a response with the subscriptions that have either
	// or both of these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMaxRecords added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput

SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.

func (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetSubscriptionName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput

SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.

func (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetTagKeys added in v1.12.6 

func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput

SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.

func (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetTagValues added in v1.12.6 

func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetTagValues(v []*string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput

SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.

func (DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput 

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput struct {

	// A list of event subscriptions.
	EventSubscriptionsList []*EventSubscription `locationNameList:"EventSubscription" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetEventSubscriptionsList added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetEventSubscriptionsList(v []*EventSubscription) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput

SetEventSubscriptionsList sets the EventSubscriptionsList field's value.

func (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEventsInput 

type DescribeEventsInput struct {

	// The number of minutes prior to the time of the request for which to retrieve
	// events. For example, if the request is sent at 18:00 and you specify a duration
	// of 60, then only events which have occurred after 17:00 will be returned.
	//
	// Default: 60
	Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO
	// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
	// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
	//
	// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
	EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeEvents request exceed the
	// value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker field of
	// the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing
	// the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The identifier of the event source for which events will be returned. If
	// this parameter is not specified, then all sources are included in the response.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	// If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided.
	//
	//    * Specify a cluster identifier when SourceType is cluster.
	//
	//    * Specify a cluster security group name when SourceType is cluster-security-group.
	//
	//    * Specify a cluster parameter group name when SourceType is cluster-parameter-group.
	//
	//    * Specify a cluster snapshot identifier when SourceType is cluster-snapshot.
	SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events
	// are returned.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	// If SourceType is supplied, SourceIdentifier must also be provided.
	//
	//    * Specify cluster when SourceIdentifier is a cluster identifier.
	//
	//    * Specify cluster-security-group when SourceIdentifier is a cluster security
	//    group name.
	//
	//    * Specify cluster-parameter-group when SourceIdentifier is a cluster parameter
	//    group name.
	//
	//    * Specify cluster-snapshot when SourceIdentifier is a cluster snapshot
	//    identifier.
	SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"`

	// The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO
	// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
	// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
	//
	// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
	StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEventsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeEventsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeEventsInput) SetDuration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput

SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.

func (*DescribeEventsInput) SetEndTime added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput

SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value.

func (*DescribeEventsInput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsInput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeEventsInput) SetMaxRecords added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput

SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.

func (*DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeEventsInput

SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value.

func (*DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventsInput

SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.

func (*DescribeEventsInput) SetStartTime added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput

SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.

func (DescribeEventsInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeEventsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEventsOutput 

type DescribeEventsOutput struct {

	// A list of Event instances.
	Events []*Event `locationNameList:"Event" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEventsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeEventsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeEventsOutput) SetEvents added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetEvents(v []*Event) *DescribeEventsOutput

SetEvents sets the Events field's value.

func (*DescribeEventsOutput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsOutput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (DescribeEventsOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeEventsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput added in v0.9.5 

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput struct {

	// The identifier of a specific HSM client certificate for which you want information.
	// If no identifier is specified, information is returned for all HSM client
	// certificates owned by your AWS customer account.
	HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeHsmClientCertificates request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching HSM client certificates
	// that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
	// that you have HSM client certificates that are tagged with keys called owner
	// and environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the HSM client certificates that have either
	// or both of these tag keys associated with them.
	TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching HSM client
	// certificates that are associated with the specified tag value or values.
	// For example, suppose that you have HSM client certificates that are tagged
	// with values called admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values
	// in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a response with the HSM client certificates
	// that have either or both of these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier(v string) *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput

SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.

func (*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) SetMaxRecords added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput

SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.

func (*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) SetTagKeys added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput

SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.

func (*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) SetTagValues added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) SetTagValues(v []*string) *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput

SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.

func (DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput added in v0.9.5 

type DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput struct {

	// A list of the identifiers for one or more HSM client certificates used by
	// Amazon Redshift clusters to store and retrieve database encryption keys in
	// an HSM.
	HsmClientCertificates []*HsmClientCertificate `locationNameList:"HsmClientCertificate" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput) SetHsmClientCertificates added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput) SetHsmClientCertificates(v []*HsmClientCertificate) *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput

SetHsmClientCertificates sets the HsmClientCertificates field's value.

func (*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput added in v0.9.5 

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput struct {

	// The identifier of a specific Amazon Redshift HSM configuration to be described.
	// If no identifier is specified, information is returned for all HSM configurations
	// owned by your AWS customer account.
	HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeHsmConfigurations request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching HSM configurations
	// that are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose
	// that you have HSM configurations that are tagged with keys called owner and
	// environment. If you specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the HSM configurations that have either
	// or both of these tag keys associated with them.
	TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching HSM configurations
	// that are associated with the specified tag value or values. For example,
	// suppose that you have HSM configurations that are tagged with values called
	// admin and test. If you specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon
	// Redshift returns a response with the HSM configurations that have either
	// or both of these tag values associated with them.
	TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier(v string) *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput

SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.

func (*DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) SetMaxRecords added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput

SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.

func (*DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) SetTagKeys added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput

SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.

func (*DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) SetTagValues added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) SetTagValues(v []*string) *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput

SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.

func (DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput added in v0.9.5 

type DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput struct {

	// A list of HsmConfiguration objects.
	HsmConfigurations []*HsmConfiguration `locationNameList:"HsmConfiguration" type:"list"`

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput) SetHsmConfigurations added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput) SetHsmConfigurations(v []*HsmConfiguration) *DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput

SetHsmConfigurations sets the HsmConfigurations field's value.

func (*DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeLoggingStatusInput 

type DescribeLoggingStatusInput struct {

	// The identifier of the cluster from which to get the logging status.
	//
	// Example: examplecluster
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeLoggingStatusInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeLoggingStatusInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeLoggingStatusInput) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeLoggingStatusInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeLoggingStatusInput

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (DescribeLoggingStatusInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeLoggingStatusInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeLoggingStatusInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DescribeLoggingStatusInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput 

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput struct {

	// The version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
	// offerings matching the specified version.
	//
	// Default: All versions.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be one of the version returned from DescribeClusterVersions.
	ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeOrderableClusterOptions request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The node type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
	// offerings matching the specified node type.
	NodeType *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) SetClusterVersion added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) SetClusterVersion(v string) *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput

SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.

func (*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) SetMaxRecords added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput

SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.

func (*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) SetNodeType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) SetNodeType(v string) *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput

SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.

func (DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput 

type DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// An OrderableClusterOption structure containing information about orderable
	// options for the cluster.
	OrderableClusterOptions []*OrderableClusterOption `locationNameList:"OrderableClusterOption" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the output from the DescribeOrderableClusterOptions action.

func (DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput) SetOrderableClusterOptions added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput) SetOrderableClusterOptions(v []*OrderableClusterOption) *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput

SetOrderableClusterOptions sets the OrderableClusterOptions field's value.

func (DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput 

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeReservedNodeOfferings request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The unique identifier for the offering.
	ReservedNodeOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) SetMaxRecords added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput

SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.

func (*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) SetReservedNodeOfferingId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) SetReservedNodeOfferingId(v string) *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput

SetReservedNodeOfferingId sets the ReservedNodeOfferingId field's value.

func (DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput 

type DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of ReservedNodeOffering objects.
	ReservedNodeOfferings []*ReservedNodeOffering `locationNameList:"ReservedNodeOffering" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput) SetReservedNodeOfferings added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput) SetReservedNodeOfferings(v []*ReservedNodeOffering) *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput

SetReservedNodeOfferings sets the ReservedNodeOfferings field's value.

func (DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeReservedNodesInput 

type DescribeReservedNodesInput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeReservedNodes request exceed
	// the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker field
	// of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records by providing
	// the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Identifier for the node reservation.
	ReservedNodeId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeReservedNodesInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeReservedNodesInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeReservedNodesInput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeReservedNodesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedNodesInput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeReservedNodesInput) SetMaxRecords added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeReservedNodesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeReservedNodesInput

SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.

func (*DescribeReservedNodesInput) SetReservedNodeId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeReservedNodesInput) SetReservedNodeId(v string) *DescribeReservedNodesInput

SetReservedNodeId sets the ReservedNodeId field's value.

func (DescribeReservedNodesInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeReservedNodesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeReservedNodesOutput 

type DescribeReservedNodesOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of ReservedNode objects.
	ReservedNodes []*ReservedNode `locationNameList:"ReservedNode" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeReservedNodesOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeReservedNodesOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeReservedNodesOutput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeReservedNodesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedNodesOutput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeReservedNodesOutput) SetReservedNodes added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeReservedNodesOutput) SetReservedNodes(v []*ReservedNode) *DescribeReservedNodesOutput

SetReservedNodes sets the ReservedNodes field's value.

func (DescribeReservedNodesOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeReservedNodesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeResizeInput 

type DescribeResizeInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of a cluster whose resize progress you are requesting.
	// This parameter is case-sensitive.
	//
	// By default, resize operations for all clusters defined for an AWS account
	// are returned.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeResizeInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeResizeInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeResizeInput) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeResizeInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeResizeInput

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (DescribeResizeInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeResizeInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeResizeInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DescribeResizeInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeResizeOutput 

type DescribeResizeOutput struct {

	// The average rate of the resize operation over the last few minutes, measured
	// in megabytes per second. After the resize operation completes, this value
	// shows the average rate of the entire resize operation.
	AvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The amount of seconds that have elapsed since the resize operation began.
	// After the resize operation completes, this value shows the total actual time,
	// in seconds, for the resize operation.
	ElapsedTimeInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The estimated time remaining, in seconds, until the resize operation is complete.
	// This value is calculated based on the average resize rate and the estimated
	// amount of data remaining to be processed. Once the resize operation is complete,
	// this value will be 0.
	EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The names of tables that have been completely imported .
	//
	// Valid Values: List of table names.
	ImportTablesCompleted []*string `type:"list"`

	// The names of tables that are being currently imported.
	//
	// Valid Values: List of table names.
	ImportTablesInProgress []*string `type:"list"`

	// The names of tables that have not been yet imported.
	//
	// Valid Values: List of table names
	ImportTablesNotStarted []*string `type:"list"`

	// While the resize operation is in progress, this value shows the current amount
	// of data, in megabytes, that has been processed so far. When the resize operation
	// is complete, this value shows the total amount of data, in megabytes, on
	// the cluster, which may be more or less than TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes (the
	// estimated total amount of data before resize).
	ProgressInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The status of the resize operation.
	//
	// Valid Values: NONE | IN_PROGRESS | FAILED | SUCCEEDED
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The cluster type after the resize operation is complete.
	//
	// Valid Values: multi-node | single-node
	TargetClusterType *string `type:"string"`

	// The node type that the cluster will have after the resize operation is complete.
	TargetNodeType *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of nodes that the cluster will have after the resize operation
	// is complete.
	TargetNumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The estimated total amount of data, in megabytes, on the cluster before the
	// resize operation began.
	TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the result of a cluster resize operation.

func (DescribeResizeOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeResizeOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeResizeOutput) SetAvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetAvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond(v float64) *DescribeResizeOutput

SetAvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond sets the AvgResizeRateInMegaBytesPerSecond field's value.

func (*DescribeResizeOutput) SetElapsedTimeInSeconds added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetElapsedTimeInSeconds(v int64) *DescribeResizeOutput

SetElapsedTimeInSeconds sets the ElapsedTimeInSeconds field's value.

func (*DescribeResizeOutput) SetEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds(v int64) *DescribeResizeOutput

SetEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds sets the EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds field's value.

func (*DescribeResizeOutput) SetImportTablesCompleted added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetImportTablesCompleted(v []*string) *DescribeResizeOutput

SetImportTablesCompleted sets the ImportTablesCompleted field's value.

func (*DescribeResizeOutput) SetImportTablesInProgress added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetImportTablesInProgress(v []*string) *DescribeResizeOutput

SetImportTablesInProgress sets the ImportTablesInProgress field's value.

func (*DescribeResizeOutput) SetImportTablesNotStarted added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetImportTablesNotStarted(v []*string) *DescribeResizeOutput

SetImportTablesNotStarted sets the ImportTablesNotStarted field's value.

func (*DescribeResizeOutput) SetProgressInMegaBytes added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetProgressInMegaBytes(v int64) *DescribeResizeOutput

SetProgressInMegaBytes sets the ProgressInMegaBytes field's value.

func (*DescribeResizeOutput) SetStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetStatus(v string) *DescribeResizeOutput

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*DescribeResizeOutput) SetTargetClusterType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetTargetClusterType(v string) *DescribeResizeOutput

SetTargetClusterType sets the TargetClusterType field's value.

func (*DescribeResizeOutput) SetTargetNodeType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetTargetNodeType(v string) *DescribeResizeOutput

SetTargetNodeType sets the TargetNodeType field's value.

func (*DescribeResizeOutput) SetTargetNumberOfNodes added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetTargetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *DescribeResizeOutput

SetTargetNumberOfNodes sets the TargetNumberOfNodes field's value.

func (*DescribeResizeOutput) SetTotalResizeDataInMegaBytes added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetTotalResizeDataInMegaBytes(v int64) *DescribeResizeOutput

SetTotalResizeDataInMegaBytes sets the TotalResizeDataInMegaBytes field's value.

func (DescribeResizeOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeResizeOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput added in v0.6.4 

type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeSnapshotCopyGrant request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	//
	// Constraints: You can specify either the SnapshotCopyGrantName parameter or
	// the Marker parameter, but not both.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of the snapshot copy grant.
	SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string"`

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching resources that
	// are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that
	// you have resources tagged with keys called owner and environment. If you
	// specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a
	// response with all resources that have either or both of these tag keys associated
	// with them.
	TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching resources
	// that are associated with the specified value or values. For example, suppose
	// that you have resources tagged with values called admin and test. If you
	// specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
	// a response with all resources that have either or both of these tag values
	// associated with them.
	TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The result of the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants action.

func (DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) SetMaxRecords added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput

SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.

func (*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName(v string) *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput

SetSnapshotCopyGrantName sets the SnapshotCopyGrantName field's value.

func (*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) SetTagKeys added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput

SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.

func (*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) SetTagValues added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) SetTagValues(v []*string) *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput

SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.

func (DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput added in v0.6.4 

type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput struct {

	// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
	// response records. When the results of a DescribeSnapshotCopyGrant request
	// exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
	// field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
	// by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
	// the request.
	//
	// Constraints: You can specify either the SnapshotCopyGrantName parameter or
	// the Marker parameter, but not both.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of SnapshotCopyGrant objects.
	SnapshotCopyGrants []*SnapshotCopyGrant `locationNameList:"SnapshotCopyGrant" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput) SetSnapshotCopyGrants added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput) SetSnapshotCopyGrants(v []*SnapshotCopyGrant) *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput

SetSnapshotCopyGrants sets the SnapshotCopyGrants field's value.

func (DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput added in v1.1.10 

type DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput struct {

	// The Amazon Redshift cluster that the table is being restored to.
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeTableRestoreStatus
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by the MaxRecords parameter.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The identifier of the table restore request to return status for. If you
	// don't specify a TableRestoreRequestId value, then DescribeTableRestoreStatus
	// returns the status of all in-progress table restore requests.
	TableRestoreRequestId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) GoString added in v1.1.10 

func (s DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) SetMaxRecords added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput

SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.

func (*DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) SetTableRestoreRequestId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) SetTableRestoreRequestId(v string) *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput

SetTableRestoreRequestId sets the TableRestoreRequestId field's value.

func (DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) String added in v1.1.10 

func (s DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput added in v1.1.10 

type DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput struct {

	// A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeTableRestoreStatus
	// request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of status details for one or more table restore requests.
	TableRestoreStatusDetails []*TableRestoreStatus `locationNameList:"TableRestoreStatus" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput) GoString added in v1.1.10 

func (s DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput) SetTableRestoreStatusDetails added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput) SetTableRestoreStatusDetails(v []*TableRestoreStatus) *DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput

SetTableRestoreStatusDetails sets the TableRestoreStatusDetails field's value.

func (DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput) String added in v1.1.10 

func (s DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeTagsInput 

type DescribeTagsInput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number or response records to return in each call. If the number
	// of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
	// is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
	// set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for which you want to describe the tag or
	// tags. For example, arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1.
	ResourceName *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of resource with which you want to view tags. Valid resource types
	// are:
	//
	//    * Cluster
	//
	//    * CIDR/IP
	//
	//    * EC2 security group
	//
	//    * Snapshot
	//
	//    * Cluster security group
	//
	//    * Subnet group
	//
	//    * HSM connection
	//
	//    * HSM certificate
	//
	//    * Parameter group
	//
	//    * Snapshot copy grant
	//
	// For more information about Amazon Redshift resource types and constructing
	// ARNs, go to Specifying Policy Elements: Actions, Effects, Resources, and
	// Principals (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/redshift-iam-access-control-overview.html#redshift-iam-access-control-specify-actions)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ResourceType *string `type:"string"`

	// A tag key or keys for which you want to return all matching resources that
	// are associated with the specified key or keys. For example, suppose that
	// you have resources tagged with keys called owner and environment. If you
	// specify both of these tag keys in the request, Amazon Redshift returns a
	// response with all resources that have either or both of these tag keys associated
	// with them.
	TagKeys []*string `locationNameList:"TagKey" type:"list"`

	// A tag value or values for which you want to return all matching resources
	// that are associated with the specified value or values. For example, suppose
	// that you have resources tagged with values called admin and test. If you
	// specify both of these tag values in the request, Amazon Redshift returns
	// a response with all resources that have either or both of these tag values
	// associated with them.
	TagValues []*string `locationNameList:"TagValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeTagsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeTagsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeTagsInput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeTagsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeTagsInput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeTagsInput) SetMaxRecords added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeTagsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeTagsInput

SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.

func (*DescribeTagsInput) SetResourceName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeTagsInput) SetResourceName(v string) *DescribeTagsInput

SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value.

func (*DescribeTagsInput) SetResourceType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeTagsInput) SetResourceType(v string) *DescribeTagsInput

SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.

func (*DescribeTagsInput) SetTagKeys added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeTagsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DescribeTagsInput

SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.

func (*DescribeTagsInput) SetTagValues added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeTagsInput) SetTagValues(v []*string) *DescribeTagsInput

SetTagValues sets the TagValues field's value.

func (DescribeTagsInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeTagsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeTagsOutput 

type DescribeTagsOutput struct {

	// A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records
	// in a subsequent request. If a value is returned in a response, you can retrieve
	// the next set of records by providing this returned marker value in the Marker
	// parameter and retrying the command. If the Marker field is empty, all response
	// records have been retrieved for the request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of tags with their associated resources.
	TaggedResources []*TaggedResource `locationNameList:"TaggedResource" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeTagsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeTagsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeTagsOutput) SetMarker added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeTagsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeTagsOutput

SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.

func (*DescribeTagsOutput) SetTaggedResources added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DescribeTagsOutput) SetTaggedResources(v []*TaggedResource) *DescribeTagsOutput

SetTaggedResources sets the TaggedResources field's value.

func (DescribeTagsOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DescribeTagsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DisableLoggingInput 

type DisableLoggingInput struct {

	// The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be stopped.
	//
	// Example: examplecluster
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DisableLoggingInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DisableLoggingInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DisableLoggingInput) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DisableLoggingInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *DisableLoggingInput

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (DisableLoggingInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DisableLoggingInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DisableLoggingInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DisableLoggingInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DisableSnapshotCopyInput 

type DisableSnapshotCopyInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the source cluster that you want to disable copying
	// of snapshots to a destination region.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that has cross-region
	// snapshot copy enabled.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DisableSnapshotCopyInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DisableSnapshotCopyInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DisableSnapshotCopyInput) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DisableSnapshotCopyInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *DisableSnapshotCopyInput

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (DisableSnapshotCopyInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DisableSnapshotCopyInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DisableSnapshotCopyInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *DisableSnapshotCopyInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DisableSnapshotCopyOutput 

type DisableSnapshotCopyOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DisableSnapshotCopyOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s DisableSnapshotCopyOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DisableSnapshotCopyOutput) SetCluster added in v1.5.0 

func (s *DisableSnapshotCopyOutput) SetCluster(v *Cluster) *DisableSnapshotCopyOutput

SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.

func (DisableSnapshotCopyOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s DisableSnapshotCopyOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EC2SecurityGroup 

type EC2SecurityGroup struct {

	// The name of the EC2 Security Group.
	EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the EC2SecurityGroupName
	// field.
	EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the EC2 security group.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of tags for the EC2 security group.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an Amazon EC2 security group.

func (EC2SecurityGroup) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s EC2SecurityGroup) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup

SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value.

func (*EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup

SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value.

func (*EC2SecurityGroup) SetStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetStatus(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*EC2SecurityGroup) SetTags added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetTags(v []*Tag) *EC2SecurityGroup

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (EC2SecurityGroup) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s EC2SecurityGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ElasticIpStatus added in v0.9.5 

type ElasticIpStatus struct {

	// The elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
	ElasticIp *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the elastic IP (EIP) address.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the status of the elastic IP (EIP) address.

func (ElasticIpStatus) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s ElasticIpStatus) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ElasticIpStatus) SetElasticIp added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ElasticIpStatus) SetElasticIp(v string) *ElasticIpStatus

SetElasticIp sets the ElasticIp field's value.

func (*ElasticIpStatus) SetStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ElasticIpStatus) SetStatus(v string) *ElasticIpStatus

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (ElasticIpStatus) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s ElasticIpStatus) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EnableLoggingInput 

type EnableLoggingInput struct {

	// The name of an existing S3 bucket where the log files are to be stored.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be in the same region as the cluster
	//
	//    * The cluster must have read bucket and put object permissions
	//
	// BucketName is a required field
	BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier of the cluster on which logging is to be started.
	//
	// Example: examplecluster
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The prefix applied to the log file names.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Cannot exceed 512 characters
	//
	//    * Cannot contain spaces( ), double quotes ("), single quotes ('), a backslash
	//    (\), or control characters. The hexadecimal codes for invalid characters
	//    are:
	//
	// x00 to x20
	//
	// x22
	//
	// x27
	//
	// x5c
	//
	// x7f or larger
	S3KeyPrefix *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (EnableLoggingInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s EnableLoggingInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*EnableLoggingInput) SetBucketName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EnableLoggingInput) SetBucketName(v string) *EnableLoggingInput

SetBucketName sets the BucketName field's value.

func (*EnableLoggingInput) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EnableLoggingInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *EnableLoggingInput

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*EnableLoggingInput) SetS3KeyPrefix added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EnableLoggingInput) SetS3KeyPrefix(v string) *EnableLoggingInput

SetS3KeyPrefix sets the S3KeyPrefix field's value.

func (EnableLoggingInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s EnableLoggingInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*EnableLoggingInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *EnableLoggingInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type EnableSnapshotCopyInput 

type EnableSnapshotCopyInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the source cluster to copy snapshots from.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that does not
	// already have cross-region snapshot copy enabled.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The destination region that you want to copy snapshots to.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be the name of a valid region. For more information, see
	// Regions and Endpoints (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#redshift_region)
	// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// DestinationRegion is a required field
	DestinationRegion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination region
	// after they are copied from the source region.
	//
	// Default: 7.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be at least 1 and no more than 35.
	RetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of the snapshot copy grant to use when snapshots of an AWS KMS-encrypted
	// cluster are copied to the destination region.
	SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (EnableSnapshotCopyInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s EnableSnapshotCopyInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*EnableSnapshotCopyInput) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EnableSnapshotCopyInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *EnableSnapshotCopyInput

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*EnableSnapshotCopyInput) SetDestinationRegion added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EnableSnapshotCopyInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *EnableSnapshotCopyInput

SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value.

func (*EnableSnapshotCopyInput) SetRetentionPeriod added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EnableSnapshotCopyInput) SetRetentionPeriod(v int64) *EnableSnapshotCopyInput

SetRetentionPeriod sets the RetentionPeriod field's value.

func (*EnableSnapshotCopyInput) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EnableSnapshotCopyInput) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName(v string) *EnableSnapshotCopyInput

SetSnapshotCopyGrantName sets the SnapshotCopyGrantName field's value.

func (EnableSnapshotCopyInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s EnableSnapshotCopyInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*EnableSnapshotCopyInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *EnableSnapshotCopyInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type EnableSnapshotCopyOutput 

type EnableSnapshotCopyOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (EnableSnapshotCopyOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s EnableSnapshotCopyOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*EnableSnapshotCopyOutput) SetCluster added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EnableSnapshotCopyOutput) SetCluster(v *Cluster) *EnableSnapshotCopyOutput

SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.

func (EnableSnapshotCopyOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s EnableSnapshotCopyOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Endpoint 

type Endpoint struct {

	// The DNS address of the Cluster.
	Address *string `type:"string"`

	// The port that the database engine is listening on.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a connection endpoint.

func (Endpoint) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s Endpoint) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Endpoint) SetAddress added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Endpoint) SetAddress(v string) *Endpoint

SetAddress sets the Address field's value.

func (*Endpoint) SetPort added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Endpoint) SetPort(v int64) *Endpoint

SetPort sets the Port field's value.

func (Endpoint) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s Endpoint) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Event 

type Event struct {

	// The date and time of the event.
	Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// A list of the event categories.
	//
	// Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security
	EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// The identifier of the event.
	EventId *string `type:"string"`

	// The text of this event.
	Message *string `type:"string"`

	// The severity of the event.
	//
	// Values: ERROR, INFO
	Severity *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier for the source of the event.
	SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The source type for this event.
	SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an event.

func (Event) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s Event) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Event) SetDate added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Event) SetDate(v time.Time) *Event

SetDate sets the Date field's value.

func (*Event) SetEventCategories added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Event) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *Event

SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.

func (*Event) SetEventId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Event) SetEventId(v string) *Event

SetEventId sets the EventId field's value.

func (*Event) SetMessage added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Event) SetMessage(v string) *Event

SetMessage sets the Message field's value.

func (*Event) SetSeverity added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Event) SetSeverity(v string) *Event

SetSeverity sets the Severity field's value.

func (*Event) SetSourceIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Event) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *Event

SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value.

func (*Event) SetSourceType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Event) SetSourceType(v string) *Event

SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.

func (Event) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s Event) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EventCategoriesMap 

type EventCategoriesMap struct {

	// The events in the event category.
	Events []*EventInfoMap `locationNameList:"EventInfoMap" type:"list"`

	// The source type, such as cluster or cluster-snapshot, that the returned categories
	// belong to.
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes event categories.

func (EventCategoriesMap) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s EventCategoriesMap) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*EventCategoriesMap) SetEvents added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EventCategoriesMap) SetEvents(v []*EventInfoMap) *EventCategoriesMap

SetEvents sets the Events field's value.

func (*EventCategoriesMap) SetSourceType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EventCategoriesMap) SetSourceType(v string) *EventCategoriesMap

SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.

func (EventCategoriesMap) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s EventCategoriesMap) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EventInfoMap 

type EventInfoMap struct {

	// The category of an Amazon Redshift event.
	EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// The description of an Amazon Redshift event.
	EventDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier of an Amazon Redshift event.
	EventId *string `type:"string"`

	// The severity of the event.
	//
	// Values: ERROR, INFO
	Severity *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes event information.

func (EventInfoMap) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s EventInfoMap) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*EventInfoMap) SetEventCategories added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EventInfoMap) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *EventInfoMap

SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.

func (*EventInfoMap) SetEventDescription added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EventInfoMap) SetEventDescription(v string) *EventInfoMap

SetEventDescription sets the EventDescription field's value.

func (*EventInfoMap) SetEventId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EventInfoMap) SetEventId(v string) *EventInfoMap

SetEventId sets the EventId field's value.

func (*EventInfoMap) SetSeverity added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EventInfoMap) SetSeverity(v string) *EventInfoMap

SetSeverity sets the Severity field's value.

func (EventInfoMap) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s EventInfoMap) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EventSubscription 

type EventSubscription struct {

	// The name of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
	CustSubscriptionId *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS customer account associated with the Amazon Redshift event notification
	// subscription.
	CustomerAwsId *string `type:"string"`

	// A Boolean value indicating whether the subscription is enabled. true indicates
	// the subscription is enabled.
	Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The list of Amazon Redshift event categories specified in the event notification
	// subscription.
	//
	// Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security
	EventCategoriesList []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// The event severity specified in the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
	//
	// Values: ERROR, INFO
	Severity *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic used by the event
	// notification subscription.
	SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of the sources that publish events to the Amazon Redshift event notification
	// subscription.
	SourceIdsList []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`

	// The source type of the events returned the Amazon Redshift event notification,
	// such as cluster, or cluster-snapshot.
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Can be one of the following: active | no-permission | topic-not-exist
	//
	//    * The status "no-permission" indicates that Amazon Redshift no longer
	//    has permission to post to the Amazon SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist"
	//    indicates that the topic was deleted after the subscription was created.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The date and time the Amazon Redshift event notification subscription was
	// created.
	SubscriptionCreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// The list of tags for the event subscription.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes event subscriptions.

func (EventSubscription) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s EventSubscription) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*EventSubscription) SetCustSubscriptionId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EventSubscription) SetCustSubscriptionId(v string) *EventSubscription

SetCustSubscriptionId sets the CustSubscriptionId field's value.

func (*EventSubscription) SetCustomerAwsId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EventSubscription) SetCustomerAwsId(v string) *EventSubscription

SetCustomerAwsId sets the CustomerAwsId field's value.

func (*EventSubscription) SetEnabled added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EventSubscription) SetEnabled(v bool) *EventSubscription

SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.

func (*EventSubscription) SetEventCategoriesList added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EventSubscription) SetEventCategoriesList(v []*string) *EventSubscription

SetEventCategoriesList sets the EventCategoriesList field's value.

func (*EventSubscription) SetSeverity added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EventSubscription) SetSeverity(v string) *EventSubscription

SetSeverity sets the Severity field's value.

func (*EventSubscription) SetSnsTopicArn added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EventSubscription) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *EventSubscription

SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value.

func (*EventSubscription) SetSourceIdsList added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EventSubscription) SetSourceIdsList(v []*string) *EventSubscription

SetSourceIdsList sets the SourceIdsList field's value.

func (*EventSubscription) SetSourceType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EventSubscription) SetSourceType(v string) *EventSubscription

SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.

func (*EventSubscription) SetStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EventSubscription) SetStatus(v string) *EventSubscription

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*EventSubscription) SetSubscriptionCreationTime added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EventSubscription) SetSubscriptionCreationTime(v time.Time) *EventSubscription

SetSubscriptionCreationTime sets the SubscriptionCreationTime field's value.

func (*EventSubscription) SetTags added in v1.5.0 

func (s *EventSubscription) SetTags(v []*Tag) *EventSubscription

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (EventSubscription) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s EventSubscription) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetClusterCredentialsInput added in v1.8.11 

type GetClusterCredentialsInput struct {

	// Create a database user with the name specified for the user named in DbUser
	// if one does not exist.
	AutoCreate *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The unique identifier of the cluster that contains the database for which
	// your are requesting credentials. This parameter is case sensitive.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of the names of existing database groups that the user named in DbUser
	// will join for the current session, in addition to any group memberships for
	// an existing user. If not specified, a new user is added only to PUBLIC.
	//
	// Database group name constraints
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//    * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, underscore, plus sign,
	//    period (dot), at symbol (@), or hyphen.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Must not contain a colon ( : ) or slash ( / ).
	//
	//    * Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in
	//    Reserved Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
	//    in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
	DbGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DbGroup" type:"list"`

	// The name of a database that DbUser is authorized to log on to. If DbName
	// is not specified, DbUser can log on to any existing database.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//    * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, underscore, plus sign,
	//    period (dot), at symbol (@), or hyphen.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Must not contain a colon ( : ) or slash ( / ).
	//
	//    * Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in
	//    Reserved Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
	//    in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
	DbName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of a database user. If a user name matching DbUser exists in the
	// database, the temporary user credentials have the same permissions as the
	// existing user. If DbUser doesn't exist in the database and Autocreate is
	// True, a new user is created using the value for DbUser with PUBLIC permissions.
	// If a database user matching the value for DbUser doesn't exist and Autocreate
	// is False, then the command succeeds but the connection attempt will fail
	// because the user doesn't exist in the database.
	//
	// For more information, see CREATE USER (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_CREATE_USER.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. The user name can't
	//    be PUBLIC.
	//
	//    * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, underscore, plus sign,
	//    period (dot), at symbol (@), or hyphen.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Must not contain a colon ( : ) or slash ( / ).
	//
	//    * Cannot be a reserved word. A list of reserved words can be found in
	//    Reserved Words (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_pg_keywords.html)
	//    in the Amazon Redshift Database Developer Guide.
	//
	// DbUser is a required field
	DbUser *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The number of seconds until the returned temporary password expires.
	//
	// Constraint: minimum 900, maximum 3600.
	//
	// Default: 900
	DurationSeconds *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The request parameters to get cluster credentials.

func (GetClusterCredentialsInput) GoString added in v1.8.11 

func (s GetClusterCredentialsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetClusterCredentialsInput) SetAutoCreate added in v1.8.11 

func (s *GetClusterCredentialsInput) SetAutoCreate(v bool) *GetClusterCredentialsInput

SetAutoCreate sets the AutoCreate field's value.

func (*GetClusterCredentialsInput) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.8.11 

func (s *GetClusterCredentialsInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *GetClusterCredentialsInput

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*GetClusterCredentialsInput) SetDbGroups added in v1.8.11 

func (s *GetClusterCredentialsInput) SetDbGroups(v []*string) *GetClusterCredentialsInput

SetDbGroups sets the DbGroups field's value.

func (*GetClusterCredentialsInput) SetDbName added in v1.8.11 

func (s *GetClusterCredentialsInput) SetDbName(v string) *GetClusterCredentialsInput

SetDbName sets the DbName field's value.

func (*GetClusterCredentialsInput) SetDbUser added in v1.8.11 

func (s *GetClusterCredentialsInput) SetDbUser(v string) *GetClusterCredentialsInput

SetDbUser sets the DbUser field's value.

func (*GetClusterCredentialsInput) SetDurationSeconds added in v1.8.11 

func (s *GetClusterCredentialsInput) SetDurationSeconds(v int64) *GetClusterCredentialsInput

SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value.

func (GetClusterCredentialsInput) String added in v1.8.11 

func (s GetClusterCredentialsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetClusterCredentialsInput) Validate added in v1.8.11 

func (s *GetClusterCredentialsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetClusterCredentialsOutput added in v1.8.11 

type GetClusterCredentialsOutput struct {

	// A temporary password that authorizes the user name returned by DbUser to
	// log on to the database DbName.
	DbPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// A database user name that is authorized to log on to the database DbName
	// using the password DbPassword. If the specified DbUser exists in the database,
	// the new user name has the same database privileges as the the user named
	// in DbUser. By default, the user is added to PUBLIC. If the DbGroups parameter
	// is specifed, DbUser is added to the listed groups for any sessions created
	// using these credentials.
	DbUser *string `type:"string"`

	// The date and time the password in DbPassword expires.
	Expiration *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Temporary credentials with authorization to log on to an Amazon Redshift database.

func (GetClusterCredentialsOutput) GoString added in v1.8.11 

func (s GetClusterCredentialsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*GetClusterCredentialsOutput) SetDbPassword added in v1.8.11 

func (s *GetClusterCredentialsOutput) SetDbPassword(v string) *GetClusterCredentialsOutput

SetDbPassword sets the DbPassword field's value.

func (*GetClusterCredentialsOutput) SetDbUser added in v1.8.11 

func (s *GetClusterCredentialsOutput) SetDbUser(v string) *GetClusterCredentialsOutput

SetDbUser sets the DbUser field's value.

func (*GetClusterCredentialsOutput) SetExpiration added in v1.8.11 

func (s *GetClusterCredentialsOutput) SetExpiration(v time.Time) *GetClusterCredentialsOutput

SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.

func (GetClusterCredentialsOutput) String added in v1.8.11 

func (s GetClusterCredentialsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type HsmClientCertificate added in v0.9.5 

type HsmClientCertificate struct {

	// The identifier of the HSM client certificate.
	HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The public key that the Amazon Redshift cluster will use to connect to the
	// HSM. You must register the public key in the HSM.
	HsmClientCertificatePublicKey *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of tags for the HSM client certificate.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about an HSM client certificate. The certificate is stored in a secure Hardware Storage Module (HSM), and used by the Amazon Redshift cluster to encrypt data files.

func (HsmClientCertificate) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s HsmClientCertificate) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*HsmClientCertificate) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HsmClientCertificate) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier(v string) *HsmClientCertificate

SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.

func (*HsmClientCertificate) SetHsmClientCertificatePublicKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HsmClientCertificate) SetHsmClientCertificatePublicKey(v string) *HsmClientCertificate

SetHsmClientCertificatePublicKey sets the HsmClientCertificatePublicKey field's value.

func (*HsmClientCertificate) SetTags added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HsmClientCertificate) SetTags(v []*Tag) *HsmClientCertificate

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (HsmClientCertificate) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s HsmClientCertificate) String() string

String returns the string representation

type HsmConfiguration added in v0.9.5 

type HsmConfiguration struct {

	// A text description of the HSM configuration.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the Amazon Redshift HSM configuration.
	HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The IP address that the Amazon Redshift cluster must use to access the HSM.
	HsmIpAddress *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the partition in the HSM where the Amazon Redshift clusters will
	// store their database encryption keys.
	HsmPartitionName *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of tags for the HSM configuration.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Returns information about an HSM configuration, which is an object that describes to Amazon Redshift clusters the information they require to connect to an HSM where they can store database encryption keys.

func (HsmConfiguration) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s HsmConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*HsmConfiguration) SetDescription added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HsmConfiguration) SetDescription(v string) *HsmConfiguration

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*HsmConfiguration) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HsmConfiguration) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier(v string) *HsmConfiguration

SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.

func (*HsmConfiguration) SetHsmIpAddress added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HsmConfiguration) SetHsmIpAddress(v string) *HsmConfiguration

SetHsmIpAddress sets the HsmIpAddress field's value.

func (*HsmConfiguration) SetHsmPartitionName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HsmConfiguration) SetHsmPartitionName(v string) *HsmConfiguration

SetHsmPartitionName sets the HsmPartitionName field's value.

func (*HsmConfiguration) SetTags added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HsmConfiguration) SetTags(v []*Tag) *HsmConfiguration

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (HsmConfiguration) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s HsmConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

type HsmStatus added in v0.9.5 

type HsmStatus struct {

	// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
	// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
	HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information
	// the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
	HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Reports whether the Amazon Redshift cluster has finished applying any HSM
	// settings changes specified in a modify cluster command.
	//
	// Values: active, applying
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the status of changes to HSM settings.

func (HsmStatus) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s HsmStatus) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*HsmStatus) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HsmStatus) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier(v string) *HsmStatus

SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.

func (*HsmStatus) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HsmStatus) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier(v string) *HsmStatus

SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.

func (*HsmStatus) SetStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *HsmStatus) SetStatus(v string) *HsmStatus

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (HsmStatus) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s HsmStatus) String() string

String returns the string representation

type IPRange 

type IPRange struct {

	// The IP range in Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation.
	CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the IP range, for example, "authorized".
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of tags for the IP range.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an IP range used in a security group.

func (IPRange) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s IPRange) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*IPRange) SetCIDRIP added in v1.5.0 

func (s *IPRange) SetCIDRIP(v string) *IPRange

SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value.

func (*IPRange) SetStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *IPRange) SetStatus(v string) *IPRange

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*IPRange) SetTags added in v1.5.0 

func (s *IPRange) SetTags(v []*Tag) *IPRange

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (IPRange) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s IPRange) String() string

String returns the string representation

type LoggingStatus 

type LoggingStatus struct {

	// The name of the S3 bucket where the log files are stored.
	BucketName *string `type:"string"`

	// The message indicating that logs failed to be delivered.
	LastFailureMessage *string `type:"string"`

	// The last time when logs failed to be delivered.
	LastFailureTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// The last time that logs were delivered.
	LastSuccessfulDeliveryTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// true if logging is on, false if logging is off.
	LoggingEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The prefix applied to the log file names.
	S3KeyPrefix *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the status of logging for a cluster.

func (LoggingStatus) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s LoggingStatus) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*LoggingStatus) SetBucketName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LoggingStatus) SetBucketName(v string) *LoggingStatus

SetBucketName sets the BucketName field's value.

func (*LoggingStatus) SetLastFailureMessage added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LoggingStatus) SetLastFailureMessage(v string) *LoggingStatus

SetLastFailureMessage sets the LastFailureMessage field's value.

func (*LoggingStatus) SetLastFailureTime added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LoggingStatus) SetLastFailureTime(v time.Time) *LoggingStatus

SetLastFailureTime sets the LastFailureTime field's value.

func (*LoggingStatus) SetLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LoggingStatus) SetLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime(v time.Time) *LoggingStatus

SetLastSuccessfulDeliveryTime sets the LastSuccessfulDeliveryTime field's value.

func (*LoggingStatus) SetLoggingEnabled added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LoggingStatus) SetLoggingEnabled(v bool) *LoggingStatus

SetLoggingEnabled sets the LoggingEnabled field's value.

func (*LoggingStatus) SetS3KeyPrefix added in v1.5.0 

func (s *LoggingStatus) SetS3KeyPrefix(v string) *LoggingStatus

SetS3KeyPrefix sets the S3KeyPrefix field's value.

func (LoggingStatus) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s LoggingStatus) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyClusterIamRolesInput added in v1.1.15 

type ModifyClusterIamRolesInput struct {

	// Zero or more IAM roles to associate with the cluster. The roles must be in
	// their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can associate up to 10 IAM roles
	// with a single cluster in a single request.
	AddIamRoles []*string `locationNameList:"IamRoleArn" type:"list"`

	// The unique identifier of the cluster for which you want to associate or disassociate
	// IAM roles.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Zero or more IAM roles in ARN format to disassociate from the cluster. You
	// can disassociate up to 10 IAM roles from a single cluster in a single request.
	RemoveIamRoles []*string `locationNameList:"IamRoleArn" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) GoString added in v1.1.15 

func (s ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) SetAddIamRoles added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) SetAddIamRoles(v []*string) *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput

SetAddIamRoles sets the AddIamRoles field's value.

func (*ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) SetRemoveIamRoles added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) SetRemoveIamRoles(v []*string) *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput

SetRemoveIamRoles sets the RemoveIamRoles field's value.

func (ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) String added in v1.1.15 

func (s ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput added in v1.1.15 

type ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput) GoString added in v1.1.15 

func (s ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput) SetCluster added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput) SetCluster(v *Cluster) *ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput

SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.

func (ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput) String added in v1.1.15 

func (s ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyClusterInput 

type ModifyClusterInput struct {

	// If true, major version upgrades will be applied automatically to the cluster
	// during the maintenance window.
	//
	// Default: false
	AllowVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is
	// 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled,
	// you can still create manual snapshots when you want with CreateClusterSnapshot.
	//
	// If you decrease the automated snapshot retention period from its current
	// value, existing automated snapshots that fall outside of the new retention
	// period will be immediately deleted.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.
	AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The unique identifier of the cluster to be modified.
	//
	// Example: examplecluster
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the cluster parameter group to apply to this cluster. This change
	// is applied only after the cluster is rebooted. To reboot a cluster use RebootCluster.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting.
	//
	// Constraints: The cluster parameter group must be in the same parameter group
	// family that matches the cluster version.
	ClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of cluster security groups to be authorized on this cluster. This
	// change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible.
	//
	// Security groups currently associated with the cluster, and not in the list
	// of groups to apply, will be revoked from the cluster.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	ClusterSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`

	// The new cluster type.
	//
	// When you submit your cluster resize request, your existing cluster goes into
	// a read-only mode. After Amazon Redshift provisions a new cluster based on
	// your resize requirements, there will be outage for a period while the old
	// cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to the new cluster. You
	// can use DescribeResize to track the progress of the resize request.
	//
	// Valid Values:  multi-node | single-node
	ClusterType *string `type:"string"`

	// The new version number of the Amazon Redshift engine to upgrade to.
	//
	// For major version upgrades, if a non-default cluster parameter group is currently
	// in use, a new cluster parameter group in the cluster parameter group family
	// for the new version must be specified. The new cluster parameter group can
	// be the default for that cluster parameter group family. For more information
	// about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups
	// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	//
	// Example: 1.0
	ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The Elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
	//
	// Constraints: The cluster must be provisioned in EC2-VPC and publicly-accessible
	// through an Internet gateway. For more information about provisioning clusters
	// in EC2-VPC, go to Supported Platforms to Launch Your Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#cluster-platforms)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ElasticIp *string `type:"string"`

	// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
	// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
	// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
	// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	//
	// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
	//
	// Default: false
	EnhancedVpcRouting *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
	// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
	HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information
	// the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
	HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The new password for the cluster master user. This change is asynchronously
	// applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request and the completion
	// of the request, the MasterUserPassword element exists in the PendingModifiedValues
	// element of the operation response.
	//
	// Operations never return the password, so this operation provides a way to
	// regain access to the master user account for a cluster if the password is
	// lost.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be between 8 and 64 characters in length.
	//
	//    * Must contain at least one uppercase letter.
	//
	//    * Must contain at least one lowercase letter.
	//
	//    * Must contain one number.
	//
	//    * Can be any printable ASCII character (ASCII code 33 to 126) except '
	//    (single quote), " (double quote), \, /, @, or space.
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// The new identifier for the cluster.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//    * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account.
	//
	// Example: examplecluster
	NewClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The new node type of the cluster. If you specify a new node type, you must
	// also specify the number of nodes parameter.
	//
	// When you submit your request to resize a cluster, Amazon Redshift sets access
	// permissions for the cluster to read-only. After Amazon Redshift provisions
	// a new cluster according to your resize requirements, there will be a temporary
	// outage while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to
	// the new cluster. When the new connection is complete, the original access
	// permissions for the cluster are restored. You can use DescribeResize to track
	// the progress of the resize request.
	//
	// Valid Values: ds2.xlarge | ds2.8xlarge | dc1.large | dc1.8xlarge | dc2.large
	// | dc2.8xlarge
	NodeType *string `type:"string"`

	// The new number of nodes of the cluster. If you specify a new number of nodes,
	// you must also specify the node type parameter.
	//
	// When you submit your request to resize a cluster, Amazon Redshift sets access
	// permissions for the cluster to read-only. After Amazon Redshift provisions
	// a new cluster according to your resize requirements, there will be a temporary
	// outage while the old cluster is deleted and your connection is switched to
	// the new cluster. When the new connection is complete, the original access
	// permissions for the cluster are restored. You can use DescribeResize to track
	// the progress of the resize request.
	//
	// Valid Values: Integer greater than 0.
	NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur,
	// if necessary. If system maintenance is necessary during the window, it may
	// result in an outage.
	//
	// This maintenance window change is made immediately. If the new maintenance
	// window indicates the current time, there must be at least 120 minutes between
	// the current time and end of the window in order to ensure that pending changes
	// are applied.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting.
	//
	// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi, for example wed:07:30-wed:08:00.
	//
	// Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
	//
	// Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// If true, the cluster can be accessed from a public network. Only clusters
	// in VPCs can be set to be publicly available.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of virtual private cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with
	// the cluster. This change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ModifyClusterInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ModifyClusterInput) SetAllowVersionUpgrade added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetAllowVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyClusterInput

SetAllowVersionUpgrade sets the AllowVersionUpgrade field's value.

func (*ModifyClusterInput) SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyClusterInput

SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod sets the AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod field's value.

func (*ModifyClusterInput) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyClusterInput

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*ModifyClusterInput) SetClusterParameterGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyClusterInput

SetClusterParameterGroupName sets the ClusterParameterGroupName field's value.

func (*ModifyClusterInput) SetClusterSecurityGroups added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetClusterSecurityGroups(v []*string) *ModifyClusterInput

SetClusterSecurityGroups sets the ClusterSecurityGroups field's value.

func (*ModifyClusterInput) SetClusterType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetClusterType(v string) *ModifyClusterInput

SetClusterType sets the ClusterType field's value.

func (*ModifyClusterInput) SetClusterVersion added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetClusterVersion(v string) *ModifyClusterInput

SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.

func (*ModifyClusterInput) SetElasticIp added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetElasticIp(v string) *ModifyClusterInput

SetElasticIp sets the ElasticIp field's value.

func (*ModifyClusterInput) SetEnhancedVpcRouting added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetEnhancedVpcRouting(v bool) *ModifyClusterInput

SetEnhancedVpcRouting sets the EnhancedVpcRouting field's value.

func (*ModifyClusterInput) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier(v string) *ModifyClusterInput

SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.

func (*ModifyClusterInput) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier(v string) *ModifyClusterInput

SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.

func (*ModifyClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *ModifyClusterInput

SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.

func (*ModifyClusterInput) SetNewClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetNewClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyClusterInput

SetNewClusterIdentifier sets the NewClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*ModifyClusterInput) SetNodeType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetNodeType(v string) *ModifyClusterInput

SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.

func (*ModifyClusterInput) SetNumberOfNodes added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *ModifyClusterInput

SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.

func (*ModifyClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *ModifyClusterInput

SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.

func (*ModifyClusterInput) SetPubliclyAccessible added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *ModifyClusterInput

SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.

func (*ModifyClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyClusterInput

SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.

func (ModifyClusterInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ModifyClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyClusterInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *ModifyClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyClusterOutput 

type ModifyClusterOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ModifyClusterOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ModifyClusterOutput) SetCluster added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterOutput) SetCluster(v *Cluster) *ModifyClusterOutput

SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.

func (ModifyClusterOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ModifyClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput 

type ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the parameter group to be modified.
	//
	// ParameterGroupName is a required field
	ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// An array of parameters to be modified. A maximum of 20 parameters can be
	// modified in a single request.
	//
	// For each parameter to be modified, you must supply at least the parameter
	// name and parameter value; other name-value pairs of the parameter are optional.
	//
	// For the workload management (WLM) configuration, you must supply all the
	// name-value pairs in the wlm_json_configuration parameter.
	//
	// Parameters is a required field
	Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameterGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput

SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.

func (*ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput

SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.

func (ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput 

type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the subnet group to be modified.
	//
	// ClusterSubnetGroupName is a required field
	ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A text description of the subnet group to be modified.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// An array of VPC subnet IDs. A maximum of 20 subnets can be modified in a
	// single request.
	//
	// SubnetIds is a required field
	SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetClusterSubnetGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetClusterSubnetGroupName(v string) *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput

SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.

func (*ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetDescription added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput

SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.

func (ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput 

type ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput struct {

	// Describes a subnet group.
	ClusterSubnetGroup *ClusterSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput) SetClusterSubnetGroup added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput) SetClusterSubnetGroup(v *ClusterSubnetGroup) *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput

SetClusterSubnetGroup sets the ClusterSubnetGroup field's value.

func (ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput 

type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput struct {

	// A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. true indicates
	// the subscription is enabled
	Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event categories to be published by the event
	// notification subscription.
	//
	// Values: Configuration, Management, Monitoring, Security
	EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// Specifies the Amazon Redshift event severity to be published by the event
	// notification subscription.
	//
	// Values: ERROR, INFO
	Severity *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic to be used by the event notification
	// subscription.
	SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of one or more identifiers of Amazon Redshift source objects. All
	// of the objects must be of the same type as was specified in the source type
	// parameter. The event subscription will return only events generated by the
	// specified objects. If not specified, then events are returned for all objects
	// within the source type specified.
	//
	// Example: my-cluster-1, my-cluster-2
	//
	// Example: my-snapshot-20131010
	SourceIds []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`

	// The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you
	// want to be notified of events generated by a cluster, you would set this
	// parameter to cluster. If this value is not specified, events are returned
	// for all Amazon Redshift objects in your AWS account. You must specify a source
	// type in order to specify source IDs.
	//
	// Valid values: cluster, cluster-parameter-group, cluster-security-group, and
	// cluster-snapshot.
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the modified Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.
	//
	// SubscriptionName is a required field
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput

SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.

func (*ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput

SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.

func (*ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSeverity added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSeverity(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput

SetSeverity sets the Severity field's value.

func (*ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput

SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value.

func (*ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIds added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIds(v []*string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput

SetSourceIds sets the SourceIds field's value.

func (*ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput

SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.

func (*ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput

SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.

func (ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput 

type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput struct {

	// Describes event subscriptions.
	EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput

SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value.

func (ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput 

type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the cluster for which you want to change the retention
	// period for automated snapshots that are copied to a destination region.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be the valid name of an existing cluster that has cross-region
	// snapshot copy enabled.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination region
	// after they are copied from the source region.
	//
	// If you decrease the retention period for automated snapshots that are copied
	// to a destination region, Amazon Redshift will delete any existing automated
	// snapshots that were copied to the destination region and that fall outside
	// of the new retention period.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be at least 1 and no more than 35.
	//
	// RetentionPeriod is a required field
	RetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) SetRetentionPeriod added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) SetRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput

SetRetentionPeriod sets the RetentionPeriod field's value.

func (ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput 

type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput) SetCluster added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput) SetCluster(v *Cluster) *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput

SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.

func (ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OrderableClusterOption 

type OrderableClusterOption struct {

	// A list of availability zones for the orderable cluster.
	AvailabilityZones []*AvailabilityZone `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`

	// The cluster type, for example multi-node.
	ClusterType *string `type:"string"`

	// The version of the orderable cluster.
	ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The node type for the orderable cluster.
	NodeType *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an orderable cluster option.

func (OrderableClusterOption) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s OrderableClusterOption) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*OrderableClusterOption) SetAvailabilityZones added in v1.5.0 

func (s *OrderableClusterOption) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*AvailabilityZone) *OrderableClusterOption

SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.

func (*OrderableClusterOption) SetClusterType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *OrderableClusterOption) SetClusterType(v string) *OrderableClusterOption

SetClusterType sets the ClusterType field's value.

func (*OrderableClusterOption) SetClusterVersion added in v1.5.0 

func (s *OrderableClusterOption) SetClusterVersion(v string) *OrderableClusterOption

SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.

func (*OrderableClusterOption) SetNodeType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *OrderableClusterOption) SetNodeType(v string) *OrderableClusterOption

SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.

func (OrderableClusterOption) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s OrderableClusterOption) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Parameter 

type Parameter struct {

	// The valid range of values for the parameter.
	AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies how to apply the WLM configuration parameter. Some properties can
	// be applied dynamically, while other properties require that any associated
	// clusters be rebooted for the configuration changes to be applied. For more
	// information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift
	// Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ApplyType *string `type:"string" enum:"ParameterApplyType"`

	// The data type of the parameter.
	DataType *string `type:"string"`

	// A description of the parameter.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// If true, the parameter can be modified. Some parameters have security or
	// operational implications that prevent them from being changed.
	IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply.
	MinimumEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the parameter.
	ParameterName *string `type:"string"`

	// The value of the parameter.
	ParameterValue *string `type:"string"`

	// The source of the parameter value, such as "engine-default" or "user".
	Source *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a parameter in a cluster parameter group.

func (Parameter) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s Parameter) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Parameter) SetAllowedValues added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Parameter) SetAllowedValues(v string) *Parameter

SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value.

func (*Parameter) SetApplyType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Parameter) SetApplyType(v string) *Parameter

SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value.

func (*Parameter) SetDataType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Parameter) SetDataType(v string) *Parameter

SetDataType sets the DataType field's value.

func (*Parameter) SetDescription added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Parameter) SetDescription(v string) *Parameter

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*Parameter) SetIsModifiable added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Parameter) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *Parameter

SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value.

func (*Parameter) SetMinimumEngineVersion added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Parameter) SetMinimumEngineVersion(v string) *Parameter

SetMinimumEngineVersion sets the MinimumEngineVersion field's value.

func (*Parameter) SetParameterName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Parameter) SetParameterName(v string) *Parameter

SetParameterName sets the ParameterName field's value.

func (*Parameter) SetParameterValue added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Parameter) SetParameterValue(v string) *Parameter

SetParameterValue sets the ParameterValue field's value.

func (*Parameter) SetSource added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Parameter) SetSource(v string) *Parameter

SetSource sets the Source field's value.

func (Parameter) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s Parameter) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PendingModifiedValues 

type PendingModifiedValues struct {

	// The pending or in-progress change of the automated snapshot retention period.
	AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The pending or in-progress change of the new identifier for the cluster.
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The pending or in-progress change of the cluster type.
	ClusterType *string `type:"string"`

	// The pending or in-progress change of the service version.
	ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
	// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
	// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
	// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	//
	// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
	//
	// Default: false
	EnhancedVpcRouting *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The pending or in-progress change of the master user password for the cluster.
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// The pending or in-progress change of the cluster's node type.
	NodeType *string `type:"string"`

	// The pending or in-progress change of the number of nodes in the cluster.
	NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The pending or in-progress change of the ability to connect to the cluster
	// from the public network.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes cluster attributes that are in a pending state. A change to one or more the attributes was requested and is in progress or will be applied.

func (PendingModifiedValues) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PendingModifiedValues) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PendingModifiedValues) SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues

SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod sets the AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod field's value.

func (*PendingModifiedValues) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *PendingModifiedValues

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*PendingModifiedValues) SetClusterType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetClusterType(v string) *PendingModifiedValues

SetClusterType sets the ClusterType field's value.

func (*PendingModifiedValues) SetClusterVersion added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetClusterVersion(v string) *PendingModifiedValues

SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.

func (*PendingModifiedValues) SetEnhancedVpcRouting added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetEnhancedVpcRouting(v bool) *PendingModifiedValues

SetEnhancedVpcRouting sets the EnhancedVpcRouting field's value.

func (*PendingModifiedValues) SetMasterUserPassword added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *PendingModifiedValues

SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value.

func (*PendingModifiedValues) SetNodeType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetNodeType(v string) *PendingModifiedValues

SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.

func (*PendingModifiedValues) SetNumberOfNodes added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues

SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.

func (*PendingModifiedValues) SetPubliclyAccessible added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *PendingModifiedValues

SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.

func (PendingModifiedValues) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PendingModifiedValues) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput 

type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput struct {

	// The number of reserved nodes that you want to purchase.
	//
	// Default: 1
	NodeCount *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The unique identifier of the reserved node offering you want to purchase.
	//
	// ReservedNodeOfferingId is a required field
	ReservedNodeOfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) SetNodeCount added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) SetNodeCount(v int64) *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput

SetNodeCount sets the NodeCount field's value.

func (*PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) SetReservedNodeOfferingId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) SetReservedNodeOfferingId(v string) *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput

SetReservedNodeOfferingId sets the ReservedNodeOfferingId field's value.

func (PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput 

type PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput struct {

	// Describes a reserved node. You can call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings
	// API to obtain the available reserved node offerings.
	ReservedNode *ReservedNode `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput) SetReservedNode added in v1.5.0 

func (s *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput) SetReservedNode(v *ReservedNode) *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput

SetReservedNode sets the ReservedNode field's value.

func (PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RebootClusterInput 

type RebootClusterInput struct {

	// The cluster identifier.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RebootClusterInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s RebootClusterInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RebootClusterInput) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RebootClusterInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *RebootClusterInput

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (RebootClusterInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s RebootClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RebootClusterInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *RebootClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RebootClusterOutput 

type RebootClusterOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RebootClusterOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s RebootClusterOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RebootClusterOutput) SetCluster added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RebootClusterOutput) SetCluster(v *Cluster) *RebootClusterOutput

SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.

func (RebootClusterOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s RebootClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RecurringCharge 

type RecurringCharge struct {

	// The amount charged per the period of time specified by the recurring charge
	// frequency.
	RecurringChargeAmount *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The frequency at which the recurring charge amount is applied.
	RecurringChargeFrequency *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a recurring charge.

func (RecurringCharge) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s RecurringCharge) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RecurringCharge) SetRecurringChargeAmount added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RecurringCharge) SetRecurringChargeAmount(v float64) *RecurringCharge

SetRecurringChargeAmount sets the RecurringChargeAmount field's value.

func (*RecurringCharge) SetRecurringChargeFrequency added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RecurringCharge) SetRecurringChargeFrequency(v string) *RecurringCharge

SetRecurringChargeFrequency sets the RecurringChargeFrequency field's value.

func (RecurringCharge) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s RecurringCharge) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Redshift 

type Redshift struct {
	*client.Client
}

Redshift provides the API operation methods for making requests to Amazon Redshift. See this package's package overview docs for details on the service.

Redshift methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to modify mutate any of the struct's properties though.

func New 

func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *Redshift

New creates a new instance of the Redshift client with a session. If additional configuration is needed for the client instance use the optional aws.Config parameter to add your extra config.

Example: 

// Create a Redshift client from just a session.
svc := redshift.New(mySession)

// Create a Redshift client with additional configuration
svc := redshift.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2"))

func (*Redshift) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress 

func (c *Redshift) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress(input *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error)

AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Adds an inbound (ingress) rule to an Amazon Redshift security group. Depending on whether the application accessing your cluster is running on the Internet or an Amazon EC2 instance, you can authorize inbound access to either a Classless Interdomain Routing (CIDR)/Internet Protocol (IP) range or to an Amazon EC2 security group. You can add as many as 20 ingress rules to an Amazon Redshift security group.

If you authorize access to an Amazon EC2 security group, specify EC2SecurityGroupName and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId. The Amazon EC2 security group and Amazon Redshift cluster must be in the same AWS region.

If you authorize access to a CIDR/IP address range, specify CIDRIP. For an overview of CIDR blocks, see the Wikipedia article on Classless Inter-Domain Routing (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing).

You must also associate the security group with a cluster so that clients running on these IP addresses or the EC2 instance are authorized to connect to the cluster. For information about managing security groups, go to Working with Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound" The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security group.

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterSecurityGroupState" The state of the cluster security group is not available.

  • ErrCodeAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault "AuthorizationAlreadyExists" The specified CIDR block or EC2 security group is already authorized for the specified cluster security group.

  • ErrCodeAuthorizationQuotaExceededFault "AuthorizationQuotaExceeded" The authorization quota for the cluster security group has been reached.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress

func (*Redshift) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest 

func (c *Redshift) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput)

AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress for more information on using the AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest method.
req, resp := client.AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress

func (*Redshift) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error)

AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngressWithContext is the same as AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) AuthorizeSnapshotAccess 

func (c *Redshift) AuthorizeSnapshotAccess(input *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) (*AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput, error)

AuthorizeSnapshotAccess API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Authorizes the specified AWS customer account to restore the specified snapshot.

For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation AuthorizeSnapshotAccess for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "ClusterSnapshotNotFound" The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.

  • ErrCodeAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault "AuthorizationAlreadyExists" The specified CIDR block or EC2 security group is already authorized for the specified cluster security group.

  • ErrCodeAuthorizationQuotaExceededFault "AuthorizationQuotaExceeded" The authorization quota for the cluster security group has been reached.

  • ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault" The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidClusterSnapshotState" The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts are authorized to access the snapshot.

  • ErrCodeLimitExceededFault "LimitExceededFault" The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AuthorizeSnapshotAccess

func (*Redshift) AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest 

func (c *Redshift) AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest(input *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput) (req *request.Request, output *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput)

AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the AuthorizeSnapshotAccess operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See AuthorizeSnapshotAccess for more information on using the AuthorizeSnapshotAccess API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest method.
req, resp := client.AuthorizeSnapshotAccessRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/AuthorizeSnapshotAccess

func (*Redshift) AuthorizeSnapshotAccessWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) AuthorizeSnapshotAccessWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AuthorizeSnapshotAccessInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AuthorizeSnapshotAccessOutput, error)

AuthorizeSnapshotAccessWithContext is the same as AuthorizeSnapshotAccess with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See AuthorizeSnapshotAccess for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) CopyClusterSnapshot 

func (c *Redshift) CopyClusterSnapshot(input *CopyClusterSnapshotInput) (*CopyClusterSnapshotOutput, error)

CopyClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Copies the specified automated cluster snapshot to a new manual cluster snapshot. The source must be an automated snapshot and it must be in the available state.

When you delete a cluster, Amazon Redshift deletes any automated snapshots of the cluster. Also, when the retention period of the snapshot expires, Amazon Redshift automatically deletes it. If you want to keep an automated snapshot for a longer period, you can make a manual copy of the snapshot. Manual snapshots are retained until you delete them.

For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation CopyClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExists" The value specified as a snapshot identifier is already used by an existing snapshot.

  • ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "ClusterSnapshotNotFound" The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidClusterSnapshotState" The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts are authorized to access the snapshot.

  • ErrCodeClusterSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceeded" The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster snapshots.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CopyClusterSnapshot

func (*Redshift) CopyClusterSnapshotRequest 

func (c *Redshift) CopyClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CopyClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyClusterSnapshotOutput)

CopyClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CopyClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CopyClusterSnapshot for more information on using the CopyClusterSnapshot API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CopyClusterSnapshotRequest method.
req, resp := client.CopyClusterSnapshotRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CopyClusterSnapshot

func (*Redshift) CopyClusterSnapshotWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) CopyClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyClusterSnapshotOutput, error)

CopyClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as CopyClusterSnapshot with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CopyClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) CreateCluster 

func (c *Redshift) CreateCluster(input *CreateClusterInput) (*CreateClusterOutput, error)

CreateCluster API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates a new cluster.

To create the cluster in Virtual Private Cloud (VPC), you must provide a cluster subnet group name. The cluster subnet group identifies the subnets of your VPC that Amazon Redshift uses when creating the cluster. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation CreateCluster for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterAlreadyExists" The account already has a cluster with the given identifier.

  • ErrCodeInsufficientClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientClusterCapacity" The number of nodes specified exceeds the allotted capacity of the cluster.

  • ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound" The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.

  • ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound" The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security group.

  • ErrCodeClusterQuotaExceededFault "ClusterQuotaExceeded" The request would exceed the allowed number of cluster instances for this account. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

  • ErrCodeNumberOfNodesQuotaExceededFault "NumberOfNodesQuotaExceeded" The operation would exceed the number of nodes allotted to the account. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

  • ErrCodeNumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceededFault "NumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceeded" The operation would exceed the number of nodes allowed for a cluster.

  • ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet group.

  • ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" The cluster subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones.

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault" The cluster subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use.

  • ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" The requested subnet is not valid, or not all of the subnets are in the same VPC.

  • ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation" Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.

  • ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault "HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault" There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier.

  • ErrCodeHsmConfigurationNotFoundFault "HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault" There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier.

  • ErrCodeInvalidElasticIpFault "InvalidElasticIpFault" The Elastic IP (EIP) is invalid or cannot be found.

  • ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault" The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.

  • ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault" The tag is invalid.

  • ErrCodeLimitExceededFault "LimitExceededFault" The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS.

  • ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault" The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateCluster

func (*Redshift) CreateClusterParameterGroup 

func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterParameterGroup(input *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput, error)

CreateClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates an Amazon Redshift parameter group.

Creating parameter groups is independent of creating clusters. You can associate a cluster with a parameter group when you create the cluster. You can also associate an existing cluster with a parameter group after the cluster is created by using ModifyCluster.

Parameters in the parameter group define specific behavior that applies to the databases you create on the cluster. For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation CreateClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "ClusterParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster parameter groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

  • ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterParameterGroupAlreadyExists" A cluster parameter group with the same name already exists.

  • ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault" The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.

  • ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault" The tag is invalid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterParameterGroup

func (*Redshift) CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest 

func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput)

CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the CreateClusterParameterGroup API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterParameterGroup

func (*Redshift) CreateClusterParameterGroupWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateClusterParameterGroupOutput, error)

CreateClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CreateClusterParameterGroup with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) CreateClusterRequest 

func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterRequest(input *CreateClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateClusterOutput)

CreateClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateCluster operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateCluster for more information on using the CreateCluster API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateClusterRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateClusterRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateCluster

func (*Redshift) CreateClusterSecurityGroup 

func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSecurityGroup(input *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) (*CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput, error)

CreateClusterSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates a new Amazon Redshift security group. You use security groups to control access to non-VPC clusters.

For information about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation CreateClusterSecurityGroup for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterSecurityGroupAlreadyExists" A cluster security group with the same name already exists.

  • ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault "QuotaExceeded.ClusterSecurityGroup" The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster security groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

  • ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault" The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.

  • ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault" The tag is invalid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSecurityGroup

func (*Redshift) CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest 

func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput)

CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateClusterSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateClusterSecurityGroup for more information on using the CreateClusterSecurityGroup API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateClusterSecurityGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSecurityGroup

func (*Redshift) CreateClusterSecurityGroupWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateClusterSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateClusterSecurityGroupOutput, error)

CreateClusterSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as CreateClusterSecurityGroup with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateClusterSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) CreateClusterSnapshot 

func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSnapshot(input *CreateClusterSnapshotInput) (*CreateClusterSnapshotOutput, error)

CreateClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates a manual snapshot of the specified cluster. The cluster must be in the available state.

For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation CreateClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExists" The value specified as a snapshot identifier is already used by an existing snapshot.

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState" The specified cluster is not in the available state.

  • ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound" The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.

  • ErrCodeClusterSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceeded" The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster snapshots.

  • ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault" The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.

  • ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault" The tag is invalid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSnapshot

func (*Redshift) CreateClusterSnapshotRequest 

func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CreateClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateClusterSnapshotOutput)

CreateClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateClusterSnapshot for more information on using the CreateClusterSnapshot API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateClusterSnapshotRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateClusterSnapshotRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSnapshot

func (*Redshift) CreateClusterSnapshotWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateClusterSnapshotOutput, error)

CreateClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as CreateClusterSnapshot with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) CreateClusterSubnetGroup 

func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSubnetGroup(input *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) (*CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput, error)

CreateClusterSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates a new Amazon Redshift subnet group. You must provide a list of one or more subnets in your existing Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC) when creating Amazon Redshift subnet group.

For information about subnet groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Subnet Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-cluster-subnet-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation CreateClusterSubnetGroup for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterSubnetGroupAlreadyExists" A ClusterSubnetGroupName is already used by an existing cluster subnet group.

  • ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault "ClusterSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded" The request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of cluster subnet groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

  • ErrCodeClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault "ClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault" The request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets in a cluster subnet groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

  • ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" The requested subnet is not valid, or not all of the subnets are in the same VPC.

  • ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation" Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.

  • ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault" The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.

  • ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault" The tag is invalid.

  • ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault" The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSubnetGroup

func (*Redshift) CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest 

func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput)

CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateClusterSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateClusterSubnetGroup for more information on using the CreateClusterSubnetGroup API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateClusterSubnetGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateClusterSubnetGroup

func (*Redshift) CreateClusterSubnetGroupWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateClusterSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateClusterSubnetGroupOutput, error)

CreateClusterSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as CreateClusterSubnetGroup with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateClusterSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) CreateClusterWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) CreateClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateClusterOutput, error)

CreateClusterWithContext is the same as CreateCluster with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateCluster for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) CreateEventSubscription 

func (c *Redshift) CreateEventSubscription(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error)

CreateEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates an Amazon Redshift event notification subscription. This action requires an ARN (Amazon Resource Name) of an Amazon SNS topic created by either the Amazon Redshift console, the Amazon SNS console, or the Amazon SNS API. To obtain an ARN with Amazon SNS, you must create a topic in Amazon SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS console.

You can specify the source type, and lists of Amazon Redshift source IDs, event categories, and event severities. Notifications will be sent for all events you want that match those criteria. For example, you can specify source type = cluster, source ID = my-cluster-1 and mycluster2, event categories = Availability, Backup, and severity = ERROR. The subscription will only send notifications for those ERROR events in the Availability and Backup categories for the specified clusters.

If you specify both the source type and source IDs, such as source type = cluster and source identifier = my-cluster-1, notifications will be sent for all the cluster events for my-cluster-1. If you specify a source type but do not specify a source identifier, you will receive notice of the events for the objects of that type in your AWS account. If you do not specify either the SourceType nor the SourceIdentifier, you will be notified of events generated from all Amazon Redshift sources belonging to your AWS account. You must specify a source type if you specify a source ID.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation CreateEventSubscription for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded" The request would exceed the allowed number of event subscriptions for this account. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

  • ErrCodeSubscriptionAlreadyExistFault "SubscriptionAlreadyExist" There is already an existing event notification subscription with the specified name.

  • ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault "SNSInvalidTopic" Amazon SNS has responded that there is a problem with the specified Amazon SNS topic.

  • ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault "SNSNoAuthorization" You do not have permission to publish to the specified Amazon SNS topic.

  • ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault "SNSTopicArnNotFound" An Amazon SNS topic with the specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not exist.

  • ErrCodeSubscriptionEventIdNotFoundFault "SubscriptionEventIdNotFound" An Amazon Redshift event with the specified event ID does not exist.

  • ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound" The value specified for the event category was not one of the allowed values, or it specified a category that does not apply to the specified source type. The allowed values are Configuration, Management, Monitoring, and Security.

  • ErrCodeSubscriptionSeverityNotFoundFault "SubscriptionSeverityNotFound" The value specified for the event severity was not one of the allowed values, or it specified a severity that does not apply to the specified source type. The allowed values are ERROR and INFO.

  • ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound" The specified Amazon Redshift event source could not be found.

  • ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault" The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.

  • ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault" The tag is invalid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateEventSubscription

func (*Redshift) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest 

func (c *Redshift) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput)

CreateEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateEventSubscription operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateEventSubscription for more information on using the CreateEventSubscription API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateEventSubscriptionRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateEventSubscription

func (*Redshift) CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error)

CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as CreateEventSubscription with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) CreateHsmClientCertificate added in v0.9.5 

func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmClientCertificate(input *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) (*CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput, error)

CreateHsmClientCertificate API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates an HSM client certificate that an Amazon Redshift cluster will use to connect to the client's HSM in order to store and retrieve the keys used to encrypt the cluster databases.

The command returns a public key, which you must store in the HSM. In addition to creating the HSM certificate, you must create an Amazon Redshift HSM configuration that provides a cluster the information needed to store and use encryption keys in the HSM. For more information, go to Hardware Security Modules (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-HSM.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation CreateHsmClientCertificate for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateAlreadyExistsFault "HsmClientCertificateAlreadyExistsFault" There is already an existing Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier.

  • ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateQuotaExceededFault "HsmClientCertificateQuotaExceededFault" The quota for HSM client certificates has been reached. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

  • ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault" The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.

  • ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault" The tag is invalid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateHsmClientCertificate

func (*Redshift) CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest added in v0.9.5 

func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest(input *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput)

CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateHsmClientCertificate operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateHsmClientCertificate for more information on using the CreateHsmClientCertificate API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateHsmClientCertificateRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateHsmClientCertificate

func (*Redshift) CreateHsmClientCertificateWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmClientCertificateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateHsmClientCertificateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateHsmClientCertificateOutput, error)

CreateHsmClientCertificateWithContext is the same as CreateHsmClientCertificate with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateHsmClientCertificate for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) CreateHsmConfiguration added in v0.9.5 

func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmConfiguration(input *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) (*CreateHsmConfigurationOutput, error)

CreateHsmConfiguration API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates an HSM configuration that contains the information required by an Amazon Redshift cluster to store and use database encryption keys in a Hardware Security Module (HSM). After creating the HSM configuration, you can specify it as a parameter when creating a cluster. The cluster will then store its encryption keys in the HSM.

In addition to creating an HSM configuration, you must also create an HSM client certificate. For more information, go to Hardware Security Modules (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-HSM.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation CreateHsmConfiguration for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeHsmConfigurationAlreadyExistsFault "HsmConfigurationAlreadyExistsFault" There is already an existing Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier.

  • ErrCodeHsmConfigurationQuotaExceededFault "HsmConfigurationQuotaExceededFault" The quota for HSM configurations has been reached. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

  • ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault" The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.

  • ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault" The tag is invalid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateHsmConfiguration

func (*Redshift) CreateHsmConfigurationRequest added in v0.9.5 

func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmConfigurationRequest(input *CreateHsmConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateHsmConfigurationOutput)

CreateHsmConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateHsmConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateHsmConfiguration for more information on using the CreateHsmConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateHsmConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateHsmConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateHsmConfiguration

func (*Redshift) CreateHsmConfigurationWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateHsmConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateHsmConfigurationOutput, error)

CreateHsmConfigurationWithContext is the same as CreateHsmConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateHsmConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) CreateSnapshotCopyGrant added in v0.6.4 

func (c *Redshift) CreateSnapshotCopyGrant(input *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) (*CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput, error)

CreateSnapshotCopyGrant API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates a snapshot copy grant that permits Amazon Redshift to use a customer master key (CMK) from AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) to encrypt copied snapshots in a destination region.

For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon Redshift Database Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation CreateSnapshotCopyGrant for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantAlreadyExistsFault "SnapshotCopyGrantAlreadyExistsFault" The snapshot copy grant can't be created because a grant with the same name already exists.

  • ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotCopyGrantQuotaExceededFault" The AWS account has exceeded the maximum number of snapshot copy grants in this region.

  • ErrCodeLimitExceededFault "LimitExceededFault" The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS.

  • ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault" The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.

  • ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault" The tag is invalid.

  • ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault" The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateSnapshotCopyGrant

func (*Redshift) CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest added in v0.6.4 

func (c *Redshift) CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(input *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput)

CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateSnapshotCopyGrant operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateSnapshotCopyGrant for more information on using the CreateSnapshotCopyGrant API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateSnapshotCopyGrant

func (*Redshift) CreateSnapshotCopyGrantWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) CreateSnapshotCopyGrantWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateSnapshotCopyGrantOutput, error)

CreateSnapshotCopyGrantWithContext is the same as CreateSnapshotCopyGrant with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateSnapshotCopyGrant for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) CreateTags 

func (c *Redshift) CreateTags(input *CreateTagsInput) (*CreateTagsOutput, error)

CreateTags API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Adds one or more tags to a specified resource.

A resource can have up to 50 tags. If you try to create more than 50 tags for a resource, you will receive an error and the attempt will fail.

If you specify a key that already exists for the resource, the value for that key will be updated with the new value.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation CreateTags for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeTagLimitExceededFault "TagLimitExceededFault" The request exceeds the limit of 10 tags for the resource.

  • ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault" The resource could not be found.

  • ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault" The tag is invalid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateTags

func (*Redshift) CreateTagsRequest 

func (c *Redshift) CreateTagsRequest(input *CreateTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTagsOutput)

CreateTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateTags operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See CreateTags for more information on using the CreateTags API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the CreateTagsRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateTagsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateTags

func (*Redshift) CreateTagsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) CreateTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateTagsOutput, error)

CreateTagsWithContext is the same as CreateTags with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See CreateTags for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DeleteCluster 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteCluster(input *DeleteClusterInput) (*DeleteClusterOutput, error)

DeleteCluster API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Deletes a previously provisioned cluster. A successful response from the web service indicates that the request was received correctly. Use DescribeClusters to monitor the status of the deletion. The delete operation cannot be canceled or reverted once submitted. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

If you want to shut down the cluster and retain it for future use, set SkipFinalClusterSnapshot to false and specify a name for FinalClusterSnapshotIdentifier. You can later restore this snapshot to resume using the cluster. If a final cluster snapshot is requested, the status of the cluster will be "final-snapshot" while the snapshot is being taken, then it's "deleting" once Amazon Redshift begins deleting the cluster.

For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DeleteCluster for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound" The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState" The specified cluster is not in the available state.

  • ErrCodeClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterSnapshotAlreadyExists" The value specified as a snapshot identifier is already used by an existing snapshot.

  • ErrCodeClusterSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "ClusterSnapshotQuotaExceeded" The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of cluster snapshots.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteCluster

func (*Redshift) DeleteClusterParameterGroup 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterParameterGroup(input *DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput, error)

DeleteClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Deletes a specified Amazon Redshift parameter group.

You cannot delete a parameter group if it is associated with a cluster.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DeleteClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterParameterGroupState" The cluster parameter group action can not be completed because another task is in progress that involves the parameter group. Wait a few moments and try the operation again.

  • ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound" The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterParameterGroup

func (*Redshift) DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput)

DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the DeleteClusterParameterGroup API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterParameterGroup

func (*Redshift) DeleteClusterParameterGroupWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteClusterParameterGroupOutput, error)

DeleteClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteClusterParameterGroup with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DeleteClusterRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterRequest(input *DeleteClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteClusterOutput)

DeleteClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteCluster operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteCluster for more information on using the DeleteCluster API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteClusterRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteClusterRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteCluster

func (*Redshift) DeleteClusterSecurityGroup 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSecurityGroup(input *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) (*DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput, error)

DeleteClusterSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Deletes an Amazon Redshift security group.

You cannot delete a security group that is associated with any clusters. You cannot delete the default security group.

For information about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DeleteClusterSecurityGroup for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterSecurityGroupState" The state of the cluster security group is not available.

  • ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound" The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security group.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSecurityGroup

func (*Redshift) DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput)

DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteClusterSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteClusterSecurityGroup for more information on using the DeleteClusterSecurityGroup API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteClusterSecurityGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSecurityGroup

func (*Redshift) DeleteClusterSecurityGroupWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteClusterSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteClusterSecurityGroupOutput, error)

DeleteClusterSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteClusterSecurityGroup with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteClusterSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DeleteClusterSnapshot 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSnapshot(input *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) (*DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput, error)

DeleteClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Deletes the specified manual snapshot. The snapshot must be in the available state, with no other users authorized to access the snapshot.

Unlike automated snapshots, manual snapshots are retained even after you delete your cluster. Amazon Redshift does not delete your manual snapshots. You must delete manual snapshot explicitly to avoid getting charged. If other accounts are authorized to access the snapshot, you must revoke all of the authorizations before you can delete the snapshot.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DeleteClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidClusterSnapshotState" The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts are authorized to access the snapshot.

  • ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "ClusterSnapshotNotFound" The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSnapshot

func (*Redshift) DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput)

DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteClusterSnapshot for more information on using the DeleteClusterSnapshot API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteClusterSnapshotRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSnapshot

func (*Redshift) DeleteClusterSnapshotWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteClusterSnapshotOutput, error)

DeleteClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as DeleteClusterSnapshot with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DeleteClusterSubnetGroup 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSubnetGroup(input *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) (*DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput, error)

DeleteClusterSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Deletes the specified cluster subnet group.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DeleteClusterSubnetGroup for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault" The cluster subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use.

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterSubnetStateFault "InvalidClusterSubnetStateFault" The state of the subnet is invalid.

  • ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet group.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSubnetGroup

func (*Redshift) DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput)

DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteClusterSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteClusterSubnetGroup for more information on using the DeleteClusterSubnetGroup API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteClusterSubnetGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteClusterSubnetGroup

func (*Redshift) DeleteClusterSubnetGroupWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteClusterSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteClusterSubnetGroupOutput, error)

DeleteClusterSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteClusterSubnetGroup with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteClusterSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DeleteClusterWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteClusterOutput, error)

DeleteClusterWithContext is the same as DeleteCluster with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteCluster for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DeleteEventSubscription 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteEventSubscription(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error)

DeleteEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Deletes an Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DeleteEventSubscription for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" An Amazon Redshift event notification subscription with the specified name does not exist.

  • ErrCodeInvalidSubscriptionStateFault "InvalidSubscriptionStateFault" The subscription request is invalid because it is a duplicate request. This subscription request is already in progress.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteEventSubscription

func (*Redshift) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput)

DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteEventSubscription operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteEventSubscription for more information on using the DeleteEventSubscription API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteEventSubscription

func (*Redshift) DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error)

DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as DeleteEventSubscription with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DeleteHsmClientCertificate added in v0.9.5 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteHsmClientCertificate(input *DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) (*DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput, error)

DeleteHsmClientCertificate API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Deletes the specified HSM client certificate.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DeleteHsmClientCertificate for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeInvalidHsmClientCertificateStateFault "InvalidHsmClientCertificateStateFault" The specified HSM client certificate is not in the available state, or it is still in use by one or more Amazon Redshift clusters.

  • ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault "HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault" There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteHsmClientCertificate

func (*Redshift) DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest added in v0.9.5 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest(input *DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput)

DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteHsmClientCertificate operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteHsmClientCertificate for more information on using the DeleteHsmClientCertificate API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteHsmClientCertificateRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteHsmClientCertificate

func (*Redshift) DeleteHsmClientCertificateWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteHsmClientCertificateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteHsmClientCertificateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteHsmClientCertificateOutput, error)

DeleteHsmClientCertificateWithContext is the same as DeleteHsmClientCertificate with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteHsmClientCertificate for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DeleteHsmConfiguration added in v0.9.5 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteHsmConfiguration(input *DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) (*DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput, error)

DeleteHsmConfiguration API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Deletes the specified Amazon Redshift HSM configuration.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DeleteHsmConfiguration for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeInvalidHsmConfigurationStateFault "InvalidHsmConfigurationStateFault" The specified HSM configuration is not in the available state, or it is still in use by one or more Amazon Redshift clusters.

  • ErrCodeHsmConfigurationNotFoundFault "HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault" There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteHsmConfiguration

func (*Redshift) DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest added in v0.9.5 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteHsmConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput)

DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteHsmConfiguration operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteHsmConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteHsmConfiguration API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteHsmConfigurationRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteHsmConfiguration

func (*Redshift) DeleteHsmConfigurationWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteHsmConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteHsmConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput, error)

DeleteHsmConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteHsmConfiguration with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteHsmConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant added in v0.6.4 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant(input *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) (*DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput, error)

DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Deletes the specified snapshot copy grant.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeInvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault "InvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault" The snapshot copy grant can't be deleted because it is used by one or more clusters.

  • ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault "SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault" The specified snapshot copy grant can't be found. Make sure that the name is typed correctly and that the grant exists in the destination region.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant

func (*Redshift) DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest added in v0.6.4 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(input *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput)

DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant for more information on using the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant

func (*Redshift) DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantOutput, error)

DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantWithContext is the same as DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DeleteTags 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteTags(input *DeleteTagsInput) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error)

DeleteTags API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Deletes a tag or tags from a resource. You must provide the ARN of the resource from which you want to delete the tag or tags.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DeleteTags for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault" The resource could not be found.

  • ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault" The tag is invalid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteTags

func (*Redshift) DeleteTagsRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteTagsRequest(input *DeleteTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTagsOutput)

DeleteTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteTags operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DeleteTags for more information on using the DeleteTags API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DeleteTagsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteTagsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteTags

func (*Redshift) DeleteTagsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DeleteTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error)

DeleteTagsWithContext is the same as DeleteTags with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DeleteTags for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterParameterGroups 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParameterGroups(input *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error)

DescribeClusterParameterGroups API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns a list of Amazon Redshift parameter groups, including parameter groups you created and the default parameter group. For each parameter group, the response includes the parameter group name, description, and parameter group family name. You can optionally specify a name to retrieve the description of a specific parameter group.

For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all parameter groups that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all parameter groups that have any combination of those values are returned.

If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, parameter groups are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DescribeClusterParameterGroups for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound" The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.

  • ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault" The tag is invalid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterParameterGroups

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPages 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPages(input *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error

DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterParameterGroups operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeClusterParameterGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterParameterGroups operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPagesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeClusterParameterGroupsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput)

DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeClusterParameterGroups operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeClusterParameterGroups for more information on using the DescribeClusterParameterGroups API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeClusterParameterGroupsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterParameterGroups

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParameterGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterParameterGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error)

DescribeClusterParameterGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeClusterParameterGroups with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeClusterParameterGroups for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterParameters 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParameters(input *DescribeClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeClusterParametersOutput, error)

DescribeClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns a detailed list of parameters contained within the specified Amazon Redshift parameter group. For each parameter the response includes information such as parameter name, description, data type, value, whether the parameter value is modifiable, and so on.

You can specify source filter to retrieve parameters of only specific type. For example, to retrieve parameters that were modified by a user action such as from ModifyClusterParameterGroup, you can specify source equal to user.

For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DescribeClusterParameters for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound" The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterParameters

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterParametersPages 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParametersPages(input *DescribeClusterParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterParametersOutput, bool) bool) error

DescribeClusterParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterParameters operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeClusterParameters method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterParameters operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeClusterParametersPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeClusterParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterParametersPagesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParametersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterParametersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

DescribeClusterParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeClusterParametersPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterParametersRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeClusterParametersOutput)

DescribeClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeClusterParameters operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeClusterParameters for more information on using the DescribeClusterParameters API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterParametersRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeClusterParametersRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterParameters

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterParametersWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeClusterParametersOutput, error)

DescribeClusterParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeClusterParameters with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeClusterParameters for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterSecurityGroups 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSecurityGroups(input *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) (*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput, error)

DescribeClusterSecurityGroups API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns information about Amazon Redshift security groups. If the name of a security group is specified, the response will contain only information about only that security group.

For information about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all security groups that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all security groups that have any combination of those values are returned.

If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, security groups are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DescribeClusterSecurityGroups for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound" The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security group.

  • ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault" The tag is invalid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSecurityGroups

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPages 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPages(input *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error

DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterSecurityGroups operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeClusterSecurityGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterSecurityGroups operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput)

DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeClusterSecurityGroups operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeClusterSecurityGroups for more information on using the DescribeClusterSecurityGroups API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSecurityGroups

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsOutput, error)

DescribeClusterSecurityGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeClusterSecurityGroups with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeClusterSecurityGroups for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterSnapshots 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSnapshots(input *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput, error)

DescribeClusterSnapshots API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns one or more snapshot objects, which contain metadata about your cluster snapshots. By default, this operation returns information about all snapshots of all clusters that are owned by you AWS customer account. No information is returned for snapshots owned by inactive AWS customer accounts.

If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all snapshots that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all snapshots that have any combination of those values are returned. Only snapshots that you own are returned in the response; shared snapshots are not returned with the tag key and tag value request parameters.

If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, snapshots are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DescribeClusterSnapshots for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound" The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.

  • ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "ClusterSnapshotNotFound" The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.

  • ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault" The tag is invalid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSnapshots

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterSnapshotsPages 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSnapshotsPages(input *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool) error

DescribeClusterSnapshotsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterSnapshots operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeClusterSnapshots method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterSnapshots operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeClusterSnapshotsPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterSnapshotsPagesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSnapshotsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

DescribeClusterSnapshotsPagesWithContext same as DescribeClusterSnapshotsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput)

DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeClusterSnapshots operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeClusterSnapshots for more information on using the DescribeClusterSnapshots API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeClusterSnapshotsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSnapshots

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterSnapshotsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSnapshotsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeClusterSnapshotsOutput, error)

DescribeClusterSnapshotsWithContext is the same as DescribeClusterSnapshots with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeClusterSnapshots for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterSubnetGroups 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSubnetGroups(input *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) (*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput, error)

DescribeClusterSubnetGroups API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns one or more cluster subnet group objects, which contain metadata about your cluster subnet groups. By default, this operation returns information about all cluster subnet groups that are defined in you AWS account.

If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all subnet groups that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all subnet groups that have any combination of those values are returned.

If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, subnet groups are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DescribeClusterSubnetGroups for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet group.

  • ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault" The tag is invalid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSubnetGroups

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPages 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPages(input *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error

DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterSubnetGroups operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeClusterSubnetGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterSubnetGroups operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput)

DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeClusterSubnetGroups operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeClusterSubnetGroups for more information on using the DescribeClusterSubnetGroups API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterSubnetGroups

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsOutput, error)

DescribeClusterSubnetGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeClusterSubnetGroups with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeClusterSubnetGroups for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterVersions 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterVersions(input *DescribeClusterVersionsInput) (*DescribeClusterVersionsOutput, error)

DescribeClusterVersions API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns descriptions of the available Amazon Redshift cluster versions. You can call this operation even before creating any clusters to learn more about the Amazon Redshift versions. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DescribeClusterVersions for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterVersions

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterVersionsPages 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterVersionsPages(input *DescribeClusterVersionsInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error

DescribeClusterVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusterVersions operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeClusterVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusterVersions operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeClusterVersionsPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeClusterVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterVersionsPagesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterVersionsInput, fn func(*DescribeClusterVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

DescribeClusterVersionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeClusterVersionsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterVersionsRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterVersionsRequest(input *DescribeClusterVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeClusterVersionsOutput)

DescribeClusterVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeClusterVersions operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeClusterVersions for more information on using the DescribeClusterVersions API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeClusterVersionsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeClusterVersionsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusterVersions

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusterVersionsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusterVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeClusterVersionsOutput, error)

DescribeClusterVersionsWithContext is the same as DescribeClusterVersions with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeClusterVersions for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeClusters 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClusters(input *DescribeClustersInput) (*DescribeClustersOutput, error)

DescribeClusters API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns properties of provisioned clusters including general cluster properties, cluster database properties, maintenance and backup properties, and security and access properties. This operation supports pagination. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all clusters that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all clusters that have any combination of those values are returned.

If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, clusters are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DescribeClusters for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound" The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.

  • ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault" The tag is invalid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusters

func (*Redshift) DescribeClustersPages 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClustersPages(input *DescribeClustersInput, fn func(*DescribeClustersOutput, bool) bool) error

DescribeClustersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClusters operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeClusters method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClusters operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeClustersPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeClustersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Redshift) DescribeClustersPagesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClustersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClustersInput, fn func(*DescribeClustersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

DescribeClustersPagesWithContext same as DescribeClustersPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeClustersRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClustersRequest(input *DescribeClustersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeClustersOutput)

DescribeClustersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeClusters operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeClusters for more information on using the DescribeClusters API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeClustersRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeClustersRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeClusters

func (*Redshift) DescribeClustersWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeClustersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClustersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeClustersOutput, error)

DescribeClustersWithContext is the same as DescribeClusters with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeClusters for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeDefaultClusterParameters 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeDefaultClusterParameters(input *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error)

DescribeDefaultClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns a list of parameter settings for the specified parameter group family.

For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DescribeDefaultClusterParameters for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeDefaultClusterParameters

func (*Redshift) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPages 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPages(input *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput, bool) bool) error

DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDefaultClusterParameters operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeDefaultClusterParameters method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDefaultClusterParameters operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Redshift) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPagesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeDefaultClusterParametersPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput)

DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeDefaultClusterParameters operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeDefaultClusterParameters for more information on using the DescribeDefaultClusterParameters API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeDefaultClusterParametersRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeDefaultClusterParameters

func (*Redshift) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeDefaultClusterParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDefaultClusterParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error)

DescribeDefaultClusterParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeDefaultClusterParameters with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeDefaultClusterParameters for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeEventCategories 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventCategories(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error)

DescribeEventCategories API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Displays a list of event categories for all event source types, or for a specified source type. For a list of the event categories and source types, go to Amazon Redshift Event Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-event-notifications.html).

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DescribeEventCategories for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEventCategories

func (*Redshift) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput)

DescribeEventCategoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeEventCategories operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeEventCategories for more information on using the DescribeEventCategories API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeEventCategoriesRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEventCategories

func (*Redshift) DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error)

DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext is the same as DescribeEventCategories with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeEventCategories for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeEventSubscriptions 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventSubscriptions(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error)

DescribeEventSubscriptions API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Lists descriptions of all the Amazon Redshift event notification subscriptions for a customer account. If you specify a subscription name, lists the description for that subscription.

If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all event notification subscriptions that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all subscriptions that have any combination of those values are returned.

If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, subscriptions are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DescribeEventSubscriptions for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" An Amazon Redshift event notification subscription with the specified name does not exist.

  • ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault" The tag is invalid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEventSubscriptions

func (*Redshift) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool) error

DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeEventSubscriptions method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Redshift) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput)

DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeEventSubscriptions operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeEventSubscriptions for more information on using the DescribeEventSubscriptions API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEventSubscriptions

func (*Redshift) DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error)

DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeEventSubscriptions with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeEventSubscriptions for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeEvents 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeEvents(input *DescribeEventsInput) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error)

DescribeEvents API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns events related to clusters, security groups, snapshots, and parameter groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular cluster, security group, snapshot or parameter group can be obtained by providing the name as a parameter. By default, the past hour of events are returned.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DescribeEvents for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEvents

func (*Redshift) DescribeEventsPages 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventsPages(input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventsOutput, bool) bool) error

DescribeEventsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEvents operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeEvents method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEvents operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeEventsPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeEventsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Redshift) DescribeEventsPagesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

DescribeEventsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeEventsRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventsRequest(input *DescribeEventsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventsOutput)

DescribeEventsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeEvents operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeEvents for more information on using the DescribeEvents API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeEventsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeEventsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeEvents

func (*Redshift) DescribeEventsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeEventsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error)

DescribeEventsWithContext is the same as DescribeEvents with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeEvents for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeHsmClientCertificates added in v0.9.5 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmClientCertificates(input *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) (*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput, error)

DescribeHsmClientCertificates API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns information about the specified HSM client certificate. If no certificate ID is specified, returns information about all the HSM certificates owned by your AWS customer account.

If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all HSM client certificates that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all HSM client certificates that have any combination of those values are returned.

If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, HSM client certificates are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DescribeHsmClientCertificates for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault "HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault" There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier.

  • ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault" The tag is invalid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeHsmClientCertificates

func (*Redshift) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPages added in v0.9.5 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPages(input *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput, fn func(*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput, bool) bool) error

DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeHsmClientCertificates operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeHsmClientCertificates method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeHsmClientCertificates operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Redshift) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPagesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput, fn func(*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPagesWithContext same as DescribeHsmClientCertificatesPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest added in v0.9.5 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest(input *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput)

DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeHsmClientCertificates operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeHsmClientCertificates for more information on using the DescribeHsmClientCertificates API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeHsmClientCertificatesRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeHsmClientCertificates

func (*Redshift) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmClientCertificatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeHsmClientCertificatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeHsmClientCertificatesOutput, error)

DescribeHsmClientCertificatesWithContext is the same as DescribeHsmClientCertificates with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeHsmClientCertificates for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeHsmConfigurations added in v0.9.5 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmConfigurations(input *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) (*DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput, error)

DescribeHsmConfigurations API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns information about the specified Amazon Redshift HSM configuration. If no configuration ID is specified, returns information about all the HSM configurations owned by your AWS customer account.

If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all HSM connections that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all HSM connections that have any combination of those values are returned.

If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, HSM connections are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DescribeHsmConfigurations for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeHsmConfigurationNotFoundFault "HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault" There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier.

  • ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault" The tag is invalid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeHsmConfigurations

func (*Redshift) DescribeHsmConfigurationsPages added in v0.9.5 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmConfigurationsPages(input *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput, fn func(*DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput, bool) bool) error

DescribeHsmConfigurationsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeHsmConfigurations operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeHsmConfigurations method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeHsmConfigurations operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeHsmConfigurationsPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Redshift) DescribeHsmConfigurationsPagesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmConfigurationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput, fn func(*DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

DescribeHsmConfigurationsPagesWithContext same as DescribeHsmConfigurationsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest added in v0.9.5 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest(input *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput)

DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeHsmConfigurations operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeHsmConfigurations for more information on using the DescribeHsmConfigurations API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeHsmConfigurationsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeHsmConfigurations

func (*Redshift) DescribeHsmConfigurationsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeHsmConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeHsmConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeHsmConfigurationsOutput, error)

DescribeHsmConfigurationsWithContext is the same as DescribeHsmConfigurations with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeHsmConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeLoggingStatus 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeLoggingStatus(input *DescribeLoggingStatusInput) (*LoggingStatus, error)

DescribeLoggingStatus API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Describes whether information, such as queries and connection attempts, is being logged for the specified Amazon Redshift cluster.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DescribeLoggingStatus for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound" The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeLoggingStatus

func (*Redshift) DescribeLoggingStatusRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeLoggingStatusRequest(input *DescribeLoggingStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *LoggingStatus)

DescribeLoggingStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeLoggingStatus operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeLoggingStatus for more information on using the DescribeLoggingStatus API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeLoggingStatusRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeLoggingStatusRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeLoggingStatus

func (*Redshift) DescribeLoggingStatusWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeLoggingStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeLoggingStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*LoggingStatus, error)

DescribeLoggingStatusWithContext is the same as DescribeLoggingStatus with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeLoggingStatus for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeOrderableClusterOptions 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeOrderableClusterOptions(input *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) (*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput, error)

DescribeOrderableClusterOptions API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns a list of orderable cluster options. Before you create a new cluster you can use this operation to find what options are available, such as the EC2 Availability Zones (AZ) in the specific AWS region that you can specify, and the node types you can request. The node types differ by available storage, memory, CPU and price. With the cost involved you might want to obtain a list of cluster options in the specific region and specify values when creating a cluster. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DescribeOrderableClusterOptions for usage and error information. See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeOrderableClusterOptions

func (*Redshift) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPages 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPages(input *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput, bool) bool) error

DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOrderableClusterOptions operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeOrderableClusterOptions method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOrderableClusterOptions operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Redshift) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPagesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput)

DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeOrderableClusterOptions operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeOrderableClusterOptions for more information on using the DescribeOrderableClusterOptions API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeOrderableClusterOptions

func (*Redshift) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsOutput, error)

DescribeOrderableClusterOptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeOrderableClusterOptions with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeOrderableClusterOptions for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeReservedNodeOfferings 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodeOfferings(input *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) (*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput, error)

DescribeReservedNodeOfferings API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns a list of the available reserved node offerings by Amazon Redshift with their descriptions including the node type, the fixed and recurring costs of reserving the node and duration the node will be reserved for you. These descriptions help you determine which reserve node offering you want to purchase. You then use the unique offering ID in you call to PurchaseReservedNodeOffering to reserve one or more nodes for your Amazon Redshift cluster.

For more information about reserved node offerings, go to Purchasing Reserved Nodes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/purchase-reserved-node-instance.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DescribeReservedNodeOfferings for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeReservedNodeOfferingNotFoundFault "ReservedNodeOfferingNotFound" Specified offering does not exist.

  • ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationFault "UnsupportedOperation" The requested operation isn't supported.

  • ErrCodeDependentServiceUnavailableFault "DependentServiceUnavailableFault" Your request cannot be completed because a dependent internal service is temporarily unavailable. Wait 30 to 60 seconds and try again.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeReservedNodeOfferings

func (*Redshift) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPages 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPages(input *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput, bool) bool) error

DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedNodeOfferings operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeReservedNodeOfferings method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedNodeOfferings operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Redshift) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPagesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPagesWithContext same as DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput)

DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeReservedNodeOfferings for more information on using the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeReservedNodeOfferings

func (*Redshift) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsOutput, error)

DescribeReservedNodeOfferingsWithContext is the same as DescribeReservedNodeOfferings with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeReservedNodeOfferings for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeReservedNodes 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodes(input *DescribeReservedNodesInput) (*DescribeReservedNodesOutput, error)

DescribeReservedNodes API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns the descriptions of the reserved nodes.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DescribeReservedNodes for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeReservedNodeNotFoundFault "ReservedNodeNotFound" The specified reserved compute node not found.

  • ErrCodeDependentServiceUnavailableFault "DependentServiceUnavailableFault" Your request cannot be completed because a dependent internal service is temporarily unavailable. Wait 30 to 60 seconds and try again.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeReservedNodes

func (*Redshift) DescribeReservedNodesPages 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodesPages(input *DescribeReservedNodesInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedNodesOutput, bool) bool) error

DescribeReservedNodesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedNodes operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeReservedNodes method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedNodes operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeReservedNodesPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeReservedNodesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*Redshift) DescribeReservedNodesPagesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedNodesInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedNodesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error

DescribeReservedNodesPagesWithContext same as DescribeReservedNodesPages except it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeReservedNodesRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodesRequest(input *DescribeReservedNodesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedNodesOutput)

DescribeReservedNodesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeReservedNodes operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeReservedNodes for more information on using the DescribeReservedNodes API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedNodesRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeReservedNodesRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeReservedNodes

func (*Redshift) DescribeReservedNodesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeReservedNodesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedNodesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservedNodesOutput, error)

DescribeReservedNodesWithContext is the same as DescribeReservedNodes with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeReservedNodes for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeResize 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeResize(input *DescribeResizeInput) (*DescribeResizeOutput, error)

DescribeResize API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns information about the last resize operation for the specified cluster. If no resize operation has ever been initiated for the specified cluster, a HTTP 404 error is returned. If a resize operation was initiated and completed, the status of the resize remains as SUCCEEDED until the next resize.

A resize operation can be requested using ModifyCluster and specifying a different number or type of nodes for the cluster.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DescribeResize for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound" The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.

  • ErrCodeResizeNotFoundFault "ResizeNotFound" A resize operation for the specified cluster is not found.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeResize

func (*Redshift) DescribeResizeRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeResizeRequest(input *DescribeResizeInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeResizeOutput)

DescribeResizeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeResize operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeResize for more information on using the DescribeResize API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeResizeRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeResizeRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeResize

func (*Redshift) DescribeResizeWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeResizeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeResizeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeResizeOutput, error)

DescribeResizeWithContext is the same as DescribeResize with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeResize for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants added in v0.6.4 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants(input *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) (*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput, error)

DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns a list of snapshot copy grants owned by the AWS account in the destination region.

For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon Redshift Database Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault "SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault" The specified snapshot copy grant can't be found. Make sure that the name is typed correctly and that the grant exists in the destination region.

  • ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault" The tag is invalid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants

func (*Redshift) DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest added in v0.6.4 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest(input *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput)

DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants for more information on using the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants

func (*Redshift) DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsOutput, error)

DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsWithContext is the same as DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeTableRestoreStatus added in v1.1.10 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeTableRestoreStatus(input *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) (*DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput, error)

DescribeTableRestoreStatus API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Lists the status of one or more table restore requests made using the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot API action. If you don't specify a value for the TableRestoreRequestId parameter, then DescribeTableRestoreStatus returns the status of all table restore requests ordered by the date and time of the request in ascending order. Otherwise DescribeTableRestoreStatus returns the status of the table specified by TableRestoreRequestId.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DescribeTableRestoreStatus for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeTableRestoreNotFoundFault "TableRestoreNotFoundFault" The specified TableRestoreRequestId value was not found.

  • ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound" The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeTableRestoreStatus

func (*Redshift) DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest added in v1.1.10 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest(input *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput)

DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeTableRestoreStatus operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeTableRestoreStatus for more information on using the DescribeTableRestoreStatus API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeTableRestoreStatusRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeTableRestoreStatus

func (*Redshift) DescribeTableRestoreStatusWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeTableRestoreStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTableRestoreStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTableRestoreStatusOutput, error)

DescribeTableRestoreStatusWithContext is the same as DescribeTableRestoreStatus with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeTableRestoreStatus for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DescribeTags 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeTags(input *DescribeTagsInput) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error)

DescribeTags API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns a list of tags. You can return tags from a specific resource by specifying an ARN, or you can return all tags for a given type of resource, such as clusters, snapshots, and so on.

The following are limitations for DescribeTags:

  • You cannot specify an ARN and a resource-type value together in the same request.

  • You cannot use the MaxRecords and Marker parameters together with the ARN parameter.

  • The MaxRecords parameter can be a range from 10 to 50 results to return in a request.

If you specify both tag keys and tag values in the same request, Amazon Redshift returns all resources that match any combination of the specified keys and values. For example, if you have owner and environment for tag keys, and admin and test for tag values, all resources that have any combination of those values are returned.

If both tag keys and values are omitted from the request, resources are returned regardless of whether they have tag keys or values associated with them.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DescribeTags for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault" The resource could not be found.

  • ErrCodeInvalidTagFault "InvalidTagFault" The tag is invalid.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeTags

func (*Redshift) DescribeTagsRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeTagsRequest(input *DescribeTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTagsOutput)

DescribeTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeTags operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DescribeTags for more information on using the DescribeTags API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DescribeTagsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeTagsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeTags

func (*Redshift) DescribeTagsWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DescribeTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTagsOutput, error)

DescribeTagsWithContext is the same as DescribeTags with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DescribeTags for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DisableLogging 

func (c *Redshift) DisableLogging(input *DisableLoggingInput) (*LoggingStatus, error)

DisableLogging API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Stops logging information, such as queries and connection attempts, for the specified Amazon Redshift cluster.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DisableLogging for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound" The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DisableLogging

func (*Redshift) DisableLoggingRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DisableLoggingRequest(input *DisableLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *LoggingStatus)

DisableLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DisableLogging operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DisableLogging for more information on using the DisableLogging API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DisableLoggingRequest method.
req, resp := client.DisableLoggingRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DisableLogging

func (*Redshift) DisableLoggingWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DisableLoggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisableLoggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*LoggingStatus, error)

DisableLoggingWithContext is the same as DisableLogging with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DisableLogging for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) DisableSnapshotCopy 

func (c *Redshift) DisableSnapshotCopy(input *DisableSnapshotCopyInput) (*DisableSnapshotCopyOutput, error)

DisableSnapshotCopy API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Disables the automatic copying of snapshots from one region to another region for a specified cluster.

If your cluster and its snapshots are encrypted using a customer master key (CMK) from AWS KMS, use DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant to delete the grant that grants Amazon Redshift permission to the CMK in the destination region.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation DisableSnapshotCopy for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound" The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.

  • ErrCodeSnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault "SnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault" The cluster already has cross-region snapshot copy disabled.

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState" The specified cluster is not in the available state.

  • ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation" Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DisableSnapshotCopy

func (*Redshift) DisableSnapshotCopyRequest 

func (c *Redshift) DisableSnapshotCopyRequest(input *DisableSnapshotCopyInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisableSnapshotCopyOutput)

DisableSnapshotCopyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DisableSnapshotCopy operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See DisableSnapshotCopy for more information on using the DisableSnapshotCopy API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the DisableSnapshotCopyRequest method.
req, resp := client.DisableSnapshotCopyRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DisableSnapshotCopy

func (*Redshift) DisableSnapshotCopyWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) DisableSnapshotCopyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisableSnapshotCopyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisableSnapshotCopyOutput, error)

DisableSnapshotCopyWithContext is the same as DisableSnapshotCopy with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See DisableSnapshotCopy for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) EnableLogging 

func (c *Redshift) EnableLogging(input *EnableLoggingInput) (*LoggingStatus, error)

EnableLogging API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Starts logging information, such as queries and connection attempts, for the specified Amazon Redshift cluster.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation EnableLogging for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound" The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.

  • ErrCodeBucketNotFoundFault "BucketNotFoundFault" Could not find the specified S3 bucket.

  • ErrCodeInsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault "InsufficientS3BucketPolicyFault" The cluster does not have read bucket or put object permissions on the S3 bucket specified when enabling logging.

  • ErrCodeInvalidS3KeyPrefixFault "InvalidS3KeyPrefixFault" The string specified for the logging S3 key prefix does not comply with the documented constraints.

  • ErrCodeInvalidS3BucketNameFault "InvalidS3BucketNameFault" The S3 bucket name is invalid. For more information about naming rules, go to Bucket Restrictions and Limitations (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/BucketRestrictions.html) in the Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) Developer Guide.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EnableLogging

func (*Redshift) EnableLoggingRequest 

func (c *Redshift) EnableLoggingRequest(input *EnableLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *LoggingStatus)

EnableLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the EnableLogging operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See EnableLogging for more information on using the EnableLogging API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the EnableLoggingRequest method.
req, resp := client.EnableLoggingRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EnableLogging

func (*Redshift) EnableLoggingWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) EnableLoggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *EnableLoggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*LoggingStatus, error)

EnableLoggingWithContext is the same as EnableLogging with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See EnableLogging for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) EnableSnapshotCopy 

func (c *Redshift) EnableSnapshotCopy(input *EnableSnapshotCopyInput) (*EnableSnapshotCopyOutput, error)

EnableSnapshotCopy API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Enables the automatic copy of snapshots from one region to another region for a specified cluster.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation EnableSnapshotCopy for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeIncompatibleOrderableOptions "IncompatibleOrderableOptions" The specified options are incompatible.

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState" The specified cluster is not in the available state.

  • ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound" The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.

  • ErrCodeCopyToRegionDisabledFault "CopyToRegionDisabledFault" Cross-region snapshot copy was temporarily disabled. Try your request again.

  • ErrCodeSnapshotCopyAlreadyEnabledFault "SnapshotCopyAlreadyEnabledFault" The cluster already has cross-region snapshot copy enabled.

  • ErrCodeUnknownSnapshotCopyRegionFault "UnknownSnapshotCopyRegionFault" The specified region is incorrect or does not exist.

  • ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation" Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.

  • ErrCodeSnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault "SnapshotCopyGrantNotFoundFault" The specified snapshot copy grant can't be found. Make sure that the name is typed correctly and that the grant exists in the destination region.

  • ErrCodeLimitExceededFault "LimitExceededFault" The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS.

  • ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault" The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EnableSnapshotCopy

func (*Redshift) EnableSnapshotCopyRequest 

func (c *Redshift) EnableSnapshotCopyRequest(input *EnableSnapshotCopyInput) (req *request.Request, output *EnableSnapshotCopyOutput)

EnableSnapshotCopyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the EnableSnapshotCopy operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See EnableSnapshotCopy for more information on using the EnableSnapshotCopy API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the EnableSnapshotCopyRequest method.
req, resp := client.EnableSnapshotCopyRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/EnableSnapshotCopy

func (*Redshift) EnableSnapshotCopyWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) EnableSnapshotCopyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *EnableSnapshotCopyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*EnableSnapshotCopyOutput, error)

EnableSnapshotCopyWithContext is the same as EnableSnapshotCopy with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See EnableSnapshotCopy for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) GetClusterCredentials added in v1.8.11 

func (c *Redshift) GetClusterCredentials(input *GetClusterCredentialsInput) (*GetClusterCredentialsOutput, error)

GetClusterCredentials API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Returns a database user name and temporary password with temporary authorization to log on to an Amazon Redshift database. The action returns the database user name prefixed with IAM: if AutoCreate is False or IAMA: if AutoCreate is True. You can optionally specify one or more database user groups that the user will join at log on. By default, the temporary credentials expire in 900 seconds. You can optionally specify a duration between 900 seconds (15 minutes) and 3600 seconds (60 minutes). For more information, see Using IAM Authentication to Generate Database User Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/generating-user-credentials.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

The AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM)user or role that executes GetClusterCredentials must have an IAM policy attached that allows access to all necessary actions and resources. For more information about permissions, see Resource Policies for GetClusterCredentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/redshift-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#redshift-policy-resources.getclustercredentials-resources) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

If the DbGroups parameter is specified, the IAM policy must allow the redshift:JoinGroup action with access to the listed dbgroups.

In addition, if the AutoCreate parameter is set to True, then the policy must include the redshift:CreateClusterUser privilege.

If the DbName parameter is specified, the IAM policy must allow access to the resource dbname for the specified database name.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation GetClusterCredentials for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound" The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.

  • ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationFault "UnsupportedOperation" The requested operation isn't supported.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/GetClusterCredentials

func (*Redshift) GetClusterCredentialsRequest added in v1.8.11 

func (c *Redshift) GetClusterCredentialsRequest(input *GetClusterCredentialsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetClusterCredentialsOutput)

GetClusterCredentialsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the GetClusterCredentials operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See GetClusterCredentials for more information on using the GetClusterCredentials API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the GetClusterCredentialsRequest method.
req, resp := client.GetClusterCredentialsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/GetClusterCredentials

func (*Redshift) GetClusterCredentialsWithContext added in v1.8.11 

func (c *Redshift) GetClusterCredentialsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetClusterCredentialsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetClusterCredentialsOutput, error)

GetClusterCredentialsWithContext is the same as GetClusterCredentials with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See GetClusterCredentials for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) ModifyCluster 

func (c *Redshift) ModifyCluster(input *ModifyClusterInput) (*ModifyClusterOutput, error)

ModifyCluster API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Modifies the settings for a cluster. For example, you can add another security or parameter group, update the preferred maintenance window, or change the master user password. Resetting a cluster password or modifying the security groups associated with a cluster do not need a reboot. However, modifying a parameter group requires a reboot for parameters to take effect. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

You can also change node type and the number of nodes to scale up or down the cluster. When resizing a cluster, you must specify both the number of nodes and the node type even if one of the parameters does not change.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation ModifyCluster for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState" The specified cluster is not in the available state.

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterSecurityGroupState" The state of the cluster security group is not available.

  • ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound" The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.

  • ErrCodeNumberOfNodesQuotaExceededFault "NumberOfNodesQuotaExceeded" The operation would exceed the number of nodes allotted to the account. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

  • ErrCodeNumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceededFault "NumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceeded" The operation would exceed the number of nodes allowed for a cluster.

  • ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound" The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security group.

  • ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound" The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.

  • ErrCodeInsufficientClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientClusterCapacity" The number of nodes specified exceeds the allotted capacity of the cluster.

  • ErrCodeUnsupportedOptionFault "UnsupportedOptionFault" A request option was specified that is not supported.

  • ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation" Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.

  • ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault "HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault" There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier.

  • ErrCodeHsmConfigurationNotFoundFault "HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault" There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier.

  • ErrCodeClusterAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterAlreadyExists" The account already has a cluster with the given identifier.

  • ErrCodeLimitExceededFault "LimitExceededFault" The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS.

  • ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault" The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.

  • ErrCodeInvalidElasticIpFault "InvalidElasticIpFault" The Elastic IP (EIP) is invalid or cannot be found.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyCluster

func (*Redshift) ModifyClusterIamRoles added in v1.1.15 

func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterIamRoles(input *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) (*ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput, error)

ModifyClusterIamRoles API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Modifies the list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used by the cluster to access other AWS services.

A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated at any time.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation ModifyClusterIamRoles for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState" The specified cluster is not in the available state.

  • ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound" The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterIamRoles

func (*Redshift) ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest added in v1.1.15 

func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest(input *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput)

ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ModifyClusterIamRoles operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ModifyClusterIamRoles for more information on using the ModifyClusterIamRoles API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest method.
req, resp := client.ModifyClusterIamRolesRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterIamRoles

func (*Redshift) ModifyClusterIamRolesWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterIamRolesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyClusterIamRolesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyClusterIamRolesOutput, error)

ModifyClusterIamRolesWithContext is the same as ModifyClusterIamRoles with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ModifyClusterIamRoles for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) ModifyClusterParameterGroup 

func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterParameterGroup(input *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) (*ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error)

ModifyClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Modifies the parameters of a parameter group.

For more information about parameters and parameter groups, go to Amazon Redshift Parameter Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation ModifyClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound" The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterParameterGroupState" The cluster parameter group action can not be completed because another task is in progress that involves the parameter group. Wait a few moments and try the operation again.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterParameterGroup

func (*Redshift) ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest 

func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage)

ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ModifyClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ModifyClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the ModifyClusterParameterGroup API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.ModifyClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterParameterGroup

func (*Redshift) ModifyClusterParameterGroupWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error)

ModifyClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyClusterParameterGroup with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ModifyClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) ModifyClusterRequest 

func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterRequest(input *ModifyClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyClusterOutput)

ModifyClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ModifyCluster operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ModifyCluster for more information on using the ModifyCluster API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ModifyClusterRequest method.
req, resp := client.ModifyClusterRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyCluster

func (*Redshift) ModifyClusterSubnetGroup 

func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterSubnetGroup(input *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) (*ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput, error)

ModifyClusterSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Modifies a cluster subnet group to include the specified list of VPC subnets. The operation replaces the existing list of subnets with the new list of subnets.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation ModifyClusterSubnetGroup for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet group.

  • ErrCodeClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault "ClusterSubnetQuotaExceededFault" The request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets in a cluster subnet groups. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

  • ErrCodeSubnetAlreadyInUse "SubnetAlreadyInUse" A specified subnet is already in use by another cluster.

  • ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" The requested subnet is not valid, or not all of the subnets are in the same VPC.

  • ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation" Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.

  • ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault" The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterSubnetGroup

func (*Redshift) ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest 

func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest(input *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput)

ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ModifyClusterSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ModifyClusterSubnetGroup for more information on using the ModifyClusterSubnetGroup API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.ModifyClusterSubnetGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyClusterSubnetGroup

func (*Redshift) ModifyClusterSubnetGroupWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyClusterSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyClusterSubnetGroupOutput, error)

ModifyClusterSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyClusterSubnetGroup with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ModifyClusterSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) ModifyClusterWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) ModifyClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyClusterOutput, error)

ModifyClusterWithContext is the same as ModifyCluster with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ModifyCluster for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) ModifyEventSubscription 

func (c *Redshift) ModifyEventSubscription(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error)

ModifyEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Modifies an existing Amazon Redshift event notification subscription.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation ModifyEventSubscription for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" An Amazon Redshift event notification subscription with the specified name does not exist.

  • ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault "SNSInvalidTopic" Amazon SNS has responded that there is a problem with the specified Amazon SNS topic.

  • ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault "SNSNoAuthorization" You do not have permission to publish to the specified Amazon SNS topic.

  • ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault "SNSTopicArnNotFound" An Amazon SNS topic with the specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not exist.

  • ErrCodeSubscriptionEventIdNotFoundFault "SubscriptionEventIdNotFound" An Amazon Redshift event with the specified event ID does not exist.

  • ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound" The value specified for the event category was not one of the allowed values, or it specified a category that does not apply to the specified source type. The allowed values are Configuration, Management, Monitoring, and Security.

  • ErrCodeSubscriptionSeverityNotFoundFault "SubscriptionSeverityNotFound" The value specified for the event severity was not one of the allowed values, or it specified a severity that does not apply to the specified source type. The allowed values are ERROR and INFO.

  • ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound" The specified Amazon Redshift event source could not be found.

  • ErrCodeInvalidSubscriptionStateFault "InvalidSubscriptionStateFault" The subscription request is invalid because it is a duplicate request. This subscription request is already in progress.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyEventSubscription

func (*Redshift) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest 

func (c *Redshift) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput)

ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ModifyEventSubscription operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ModifyEventSubscription for more information on using the ModifyEventSubscription API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest method.
req, resp := client.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyEventSubscription

func (*Redshift) ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error)

ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as ModifyEventSubscription with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ModifyEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod 

func (c *Redshift) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod(input *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) (*ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput, error)

ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Modifies the number of days to retain automated snapshots in the destination region after they are copied from the source region.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound" The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.

  • ErrCodeSnapshotCopyDisabledFault "SnapshotCopyDisabledFault" Cross-region snapshot copy was temporarily disabled. Try your request again.

  • ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation" Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState" The specified cluster is not in the available state.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod

func (*Redshift) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest 

func (c *Redshift) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest(input *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput)

ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod for more information on using the ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest method.
req, resp := client.ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod

func (*Redshift) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput, error)

ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodWithContext is the same as ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) PurchaseReservedNodeOffering 

func (c *Redshift) PurchaseReservedNodeOffering(input *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) (*PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput, error)

PurchaseReservedNodeOffering API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Allows you to purchase reserved nodes. Amazon Redshift offers a predefined set of reserved node offerings. You can purchase one or more of the offerings. You can call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings API to obtain the available reserved node offerings. You can call this API by providing a specific reserved node offering and the number of nodes you want to reserve.

For more information about reserved node offerings, go to Purchasing Reserved Nodes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/purchase-reserved-node-instance.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation PurchaseReservedNodeOffering for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeReservedNodeOfferingNotFoundFault "ReservedNodeOfferingNotFound" Specified offering does not exist.

  • ErrCodeReservedNodeAlreadyExistsFault "ReservedNodeAlreadyExists" User already has a reservation with the given identifier.

  • ErrCodeReservedNodeQuotaExceededFault "ReservedNodeQuotaExceeded" Request would exceed the user's compute node quota. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

  • ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationFault "UnsupportedOperation" The requested operation isn't supported.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/PurchaseReservedNodeOffering

func (*Redshift) PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest 

func (c *Redshift) PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput)

PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PurchaseReservedNodeOffering operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See PurchaseReservedNodeOffering for more information on using the PurchaseReservedNodeOffering API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest method.
req, resp := client.PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/PurchaseReservedNodeOffering

func (*Redshift) PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingOutput, error)

PurchaseReservedNodeOfferingWithContext is the same as PurchaseReservedNodeOffering with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See PurchaseReservedNodeOffering for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) RebootCluster 

func (c *Redshift) RebootCluster(input *RebootClusterInput) (*RebootClusterOutput, error)

RebootCluster API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Reboots a cluster. This action is taken as soon as possible. It results in a momentary outage to the cluster, during which the cluster status is set to rebooting. A cluster event is created when the reboot is completed. Any pending cluster modifications (see ModifyCluster) are applied at this reboot. For more information about managing clusters, go to Amazon Redshift Clusters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation RebootCluster for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState" The specified cluster is not in the available state.

  • ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound" The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RebootCluster

func (*Redshift) RebootClusterRequest 

func (c *Redshift) RebootClusterRequest(input *RebootClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *RebootClusterOutput)

RebootClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the RebootCluster operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See RebootCluster for more information on using the RebootCluster API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the RebootClusterRequest method.
req, resp := client.RebootClusterRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RebootCluster

func (*Redshift) RebootClusterWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) RebootClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RebootClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RebootClusterOutput, error)

RebootClusterWithContext is the same as RebootCluster with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See RebootCluster for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) ResetClusterParameterGroup 

func (c *Redshift) ResetClusterParameterGroup(input *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) (*ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error)

ResetClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Sets one or more parameters of the specified parameter group to their default values and sets the source values of the parameters to "engine-default". To reset the entire parameter group specify the ResetAllParameters parameter. For parameter changes to take effect you must reboot any associated clusters.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation ResetClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterParameterGroupState" The cluster parameter group action can not be completed because another task is in progress that involves the parameter group. Wait a few moments and try the operation again.

  • ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound" The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ResetClusterParameterGroup

func (*Redshift) ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest 

func (c *Redshift) ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage)

ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ResetClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See ResetClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the ResetClusterParameterGroup API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.ResetClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ResetClusterParameterGroup

func (*Redshift) ResetClusterParameterGroupWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) ResetClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error)

ResetClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ResetClusterParameterGroup with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See ResetClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) RestoreFromClusterSnapshot 

func (c *Redshift) RestoreFromClusterSnapshot(input *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput, error)

RestoreFromClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates a new cluster from a snapshot. By default, Amazon Redshift creates the resulting cluster with the same configuration as the original cluster from which the snapshot was created, except that the new cluster is created with the default cluster security and parameter groups. After Amazon Redshift creates the cluster, you can use the ModifyCluster API to associate a different security group and different parameter group with the restored cluster. If you are using a DS node type, you can also choose to change to another DS node type of the same size during restore.

If you restore a cluster into a VPC, you must provide a cluster subnet group where you want the cluster restored.

For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation RestoreFromClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeAccessToSnapshotDeniedFault "AccessToSnapshotDenied" The owner of the specified snapshot has not authorized your account to access the snapshot.

  • ErrCodeClusterAlreadyExistsFault "ClusterAlreadyExists" The account already has a cluster with the given identifier.

  • ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "ClusterSnapshotNotFound" The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.

  • ErrCodeClusterQuotaExceededFault "ClusterQuotaExceeded" The request would exceed the allowed number of cluster instances for this account. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

  • ErrCodeInsufficientClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientClusterCapacity" The number of nodes specified exceeds the allotted capacity of the cluster.

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidClusterSnapshotState" The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts are authorized to access the snapshot.

  • ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestore" The restore is invalid.

  • ErrCodeNumberOfNodesQuotaExceededFault "NumberOfNodesQuotaExceeded" The operation would exceed the number of nodes allotted to the account. For information about increasing your quota, go to Limits in Amazon Redshift (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/amazon-redshift-limits.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

  • ErrCodeNumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceededFault "NumberOfNodesPerClusterLimitExceeded" The operation would exceed the number of nodes allowed for a cluster.

  • ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" The cluster subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones.

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterSubnetGroupStateFault" The cluster subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use.

  • ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" The requested subnet is not valid, or not all of the subnets are in the same VPC.

  • ErrCodeClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" The cluster subnet group name does not refer to an existing cluster subnet group.

  • ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation" Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.

  • ErrCodeHsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault "HsmClientCertificateNotFoundFault" There is no Amazon Redshift HSM client certificate with the specified identifier.

  • ErrCodeHsmConfigurationNotFoundFault "HsmConfigurationNotFoundFault" There is no Amazon Redshift HSM configuration with the specified identifier.

  • ErrCodeInvalidElasticIpFault "InvalidElasticIpFault" The Elastic IP (EIP) is invalid or cannot be found.

  • ErrCodeClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterParameterGroupNotFound" The parameter group name does not refer to an existing parameter group.

  • ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound" The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security group.

  • ErrCodeLimitExceededFault "LimitExceededFault" The encryption key has exceeded its grant limit in AWS KMS.

  • ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault" The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreFromClusterSnapshot

func (*Redshift) RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest 

func (c *Redshift) RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput)

RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the RestoreFromClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See RestoreFromClusterSnapshot for more information on using the RestoreFromClusterSnapshot API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest method.
req, resp := client.RestoreFromClusterSnapshotRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreFromClusterSnapshot

func (*Redshift) RestoreFromClusterSnapshotWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) RestoreFromClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput, error)

RestoreFromClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as RestoreFromClusterSnapshot with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See RestoreFromClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot added in v1.1.10 

func (c *Redshift) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot(input *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) (*RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput, error)

RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Creates a new table from a table in an Amazon Redshift cluster snapshot. You must create the new table within the Amazon Redshift cluster that the snapshot was taken from.

You cannot use RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot to restore a table with the same name as an existing table in an Amazon Redshift cluster. That is, you cannot overwrite an existing table in a cluster with a restored table. If you want to replace your original table with a new, restored table, then rename or drop your original table before you call RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot. When you have renamed your original table, then you can pass the original name of the table as the NewTableName parameter value in the call to RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot. This way, you can replace the original table with the table created from the snapshot.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "ClusterSnapshotNotFound" The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.

  • ErrCodeInProgressTableRestoreQuotaExceededFault "InProgressTableRestoreQuotaExceededFault" You have exceeded the allowed number of table restore requests. Wait for your current table restore requests to complete before making a new request.

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidClusterSnapshotState" The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts are authorized to access the snapshot.

  • ErrCodeInvalidTableRestoreArgumentFault "InvalidTableRestoreArgument" The value specified for the sourceDatabaseName, sourceSchemaName, or sourceTableName parameter, or a combination of these, doesn't exist in the snapshot.

  • ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound" The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState" The specified cluster is not in the available state.

  • ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationFault "UnsupportedOperation" The requested operation isn't supported.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot

func (*Redshift) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest added in v1.1.10 

func (c *Redshift) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput)

RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot for more information on using the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest method.
req, resp := client.RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot

func (*Redshift) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput, error)

RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress 

func (c *Redshift) RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress(input *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error)

RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Revokes an ingress rule in an Amazon Redshift security group for a previously authorized IP range or Amazon EC2 security group. To add an ingress rule, see AuthorizeClusterSecurityGroupIngress. For information about managing security groups, go to Amazon Redshift Cluster Security Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-security-groups.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "ClusterSecurityGroupNotFound" The cluster security group name does not refer to an existing cluster security group.

  • ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" The specified CIDR IP range or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified cluster security group.

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidClusterSecurityGroupState" The state of the cluster security group is not available.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress

func (*Redshift) RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest 

func (c *Redshift) RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput)

RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress for more information on using the RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest method.
req, resp := client.RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress

func (*Redshift) RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error)

RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressWithContext is the same as RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngress for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) RevokeSnapshotAccess 

func (c *Redshift) RevokeSnapshotAccess(input *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) (*RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput, error)

RevokeSnapshotAccess API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Removes the ability of the specified AWS customer account to restore the specified snapshot. If the account is currently restoring the snapshot, the restore will run to completion.

For more information about working with snapshots, go to Amazon Redshift Snapshots (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-snapshots.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation RevokeSnapshotAccess for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeAccessToSnapshotDeniedFault "AccessToSnapshotDenied" The owner of the specified snapshot has not authorized your account to access the snapshot.

  • ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" The specified CIDR IP range or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified cluster security group.

  • ErrCodeClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "ClusterSnapshotNotFound" The snapshot identifier does not refer to an existing cluster snapshot.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RevokeSnapshotAccess

func (*Redshift) RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest 

func (c *Redshift) RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest(input *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) (req *request.Request, output *RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput)

RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the RevokeSnapshotAccess operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See RevokeSnapshotAccess for more information on using the RevokeSnapshotAccess API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest method.
req, resp := client.RevokeSnapshotAccessRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RevokeSnapshotAccess

func (*Redshift) RevokeSnapshotAccessWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) RevokeSnapshotAccessWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput, error)

RevokeSnapshotAccessWithContext is the same as RevokeSnapshotAccess with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See RevokeSnapshotAccess for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) RotateEncryptionKey 

func (c *Redshift) RotateEncryptionKey(input *RotateEncryptionKeyInput) (*RotateEncryptionKeyOutput, error)

RotateEncryptionKey API operation for Amazon Redshift.

Rotates the encryption keys for a cluster.

Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about the error.

See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's API operation RotateEncryptionKey for usage and error information.

Returned Error Codes:

  • ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound" The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.

  • ErrCodeInvalidClusterStateFault "InvalidClusterState" The specified cluster is not in the available state.

  • ErrCodeDependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault "DependentServiceRequestThrottlingFault" The request cannot be completed because a dependent service is throttling requests made by Amazon Redshift on your behalf. Wait and retry the request.

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RotateEncryptionKey

func (*Redshift) RotateEncryptionKeyRequest 

func (c *Redshift) RotateEncryptionKeyRequest(input *RotateEncryptionKeyInput) (req *request.Request, output *RotateEncryptionKeyOutput)

RotateEncryptionKeyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the RotateEncryptionKey operation. The "output" return value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes successfuly.

Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.

See RotateEncryptionKey for more information on using the RotateEncryptionKey API call, and error handling.

This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 

// Example sending a request using the RotateEncryptionKeyRequest method.
req, resp := client.RotateEncryptionKeyRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/RotateEncryptionKey

func (*Redshift) RotateEncryptionKeyWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) RotateEncryptionKeyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RotateEncryptionKeyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RotateEncryptionKeyOutput, error)

RotateEncryptionKeyWithContext is the same as RotateEncryptionKey with the addition of the ability to pass a context and additional request options.

See RotateEncryptionKey for details on how to use this API operation.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) WaitUntilClusterAvailable added in v0.10.3 

func (c *Redshift) WaitUntilClusterAvailable(input *DescribeClustersInput) error

WaitUntilClusterAvailable uses the Amazon Redshift API operation DescribeClusters to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

func (*Redshift) WaitUntilClusterAvailableWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) WaitUntilClusterAvailableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClustersInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilClusterAvailableWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilClusterAvailable. With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the Waiter and the underlying request options.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) WaitUntilClusterDeleted added in v0.10.3 

func (c *Redshift) WaitUntilClusterDeleted(input *DescribeClustersInput) error

WaitUntilClusterDeleted uses the Amazon Redshift API operation DescribeClusters to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

func (*Redshift) WaitUntilClusterDeletedWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) WaitUntilClusterDeletedWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClustersInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilClusterDeletedWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilClusterDeleted. With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the Waiter and the underlying request options.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) WaitUntilClusterRestored added in v0.10.3 

func (c *Redshift) WaitUntilClusterRestored(input *DescribeClustersInput) error

WaitUntilClusterRestored uses the Amazon Redshift API operation DescribeClusters to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

func (*Redshift) WaitUntilClusterRestoredWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) WaitUntilClusterRestoredWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClustersInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilClusterRestoredWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilClusterRestored. With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the Waiter and the underlying request options.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

func (*Redshift) WaitUntilSnapshotAvailable added in v0.10.3 

func (c *Redshift) WaitUntilSnapshotAvailable(input *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput) error

WaitUntilSnapshotAvailable uses the Amazon Redshift API operation DescribeClusterSnapshots to wait for a condition to be met before returning. If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will be returned.

func (*Redshift) WaitUntilSnapshotAvailableWithContext added in v1.8.0 

func (c *Redshift) WaitUntilSnapshotAvailableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClusterSnapshotsInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error

WaitUntilSnapshotAvailableWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilSnapshotAvailable. With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the Waiter and the underlying request options.

The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ for more information on using Contexts.

type ReservedNode 

type ReservedNode struct {

	// The currency code for the reserved cluster.
	CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"`

	// The duration of the node reservation in seconds.
	Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The fixed cost Amazon Redshift charges you for this reserved node.
	FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The number of reserved compute nodes.
	NodeCount *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The node type of the reserved node.
	NodeType *string `type:"string"`

	// The anticipated utilization of the reserved node, as defined in the reserved
	// node offering.
	OfferingType *string `type:"string"`

	// The recurring charges for the reserved node.
	RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"`

	// The unique identifier for the reservation.
	ReservedNodeId *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier for the reserved node offering.
	ReservedNodeOfferingId *string `type:"string"`

	ReservedNodeOfferingType *string `type:"string" enum:"ReservedNodeOfferingType"`

	// The time the reservation started. You purchase a reserved node offering for
	// a duration. This is the start time of that duration.
	StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// The state of the reserved compute node.
	//
	// Possible Values:
	//
	//    * pending-payment-This reserved node has recently been purchased, and
	//    the sale has been approved, but payment has not yet been confirmed.
	//
	//    * active-This reserved node is owned by the caller and is available for
	//    use.
	//
	//    * payment-failed-Payment failed for the purchase attempt.
	State *string `type:"string"`

	// The hourly rate Amazon Redshift charges you for this reserved node.
	UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a reserved node. You can call the DescribeReservedNodeOfferings API to obtain the available reserved node offerings.

func (ReservedNode) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ReservedNode) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ReservedNode) SetCurrencyCode added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReservedNode) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *ReservedNode

SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.

func (*ReservedNode) SetDuration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReservedNode) SetDuration(v int64) *ReservedNode

SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.

func (*ReservedNode) SetFixedPrice added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReservedNode) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *ReservedNode

SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.

func (*ReservedNode) SetNodeCount added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReservedNode) SetNodeCount(v int64) *ReservedNode

SetNodeCount sets the NodeCount field's value.

func (*ReservedNode) SetNodeType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReservedNode) SetNodeType(v string) *ReservedNode

SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.

func (*ReservedNode) SetOfferingType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReservedNode) SetOfferingType(v string) *ReservedNode

SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.

func (*ReservedNode) SetRecurringCharges added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReservedNode) SetRecurringCharges(v []*RecurringCharge) *ReservedNode

SetRecurringCharges sets the RecurringCharges field's value.

func (*ReservedNode) SetReservedNodeId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReservedNode) SetReservedNodeId(v string) *ReservedNode

SetReservedNodeId sets the ReservedNodeId field's value.

func (*ReservedNode) SetReservedNodeOfferingId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReservedNode) SetReservedNodeOfferingId(v string) *ReservedNode

SetReservedNodeOfferingId sets the ReservedNodeOfferingId field's value.

func (*ReservedNode) SetReservedNodeOfferingType added in v1.13.12 

func (s *ReservedNode) SetReservedNodeOfferingType(v string) *ReservedNode

SetReservedNodeOfferingType sets the ReservedNodeOfferingType field's value.

func (*ReservedNode) SetStartTime added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReservedNode) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *ReservedNode

SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.

func (*ReservedNode) SetState added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReservedNode) SetState(v string) *ReservedNode

SetState sets the State field's value.

func (*ReservedNode) SetUsagePrice added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReservedNode) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *ReservedNode

SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.

func (ReservedNode) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ReservedNode) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ReservedNodeOffering 

type ReservedNodeOffering struct {

	// The currency code for the compute nodes offering.
	CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"`

	// The duration, in seconds, for which the offering will reserve the node.
	Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The upfront fixed charge you will pay to purchase the specific reserved node
	// offering.
	FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The node type offered by the reserved node offering.
	NodeType *string `type:"string"`

	// The anticipated utilization of the reserved node, as defined in the reserved
	// node offering.
	OfferingType *string `type:"string"`

	// The charge to your account regardless of whether you are creating any clusters
	// using the node offering. Recurring charges are only in effect for heavy-utilization
	// reserved nodes.
	RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"`

	// The offering identifier.
	ReservedNodeOfferingId *string `type:"string"`

	ReservedNodeOfferingType *string `type:"string" enum:"ReservedNodeOfferingType"`

	// The rate you are charged for each hour the cluster that is using the offering
	// is running.
	UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a reserved node offering.

func (ReservedNodeOffering) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ReservedNodeOffering) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ReservedNodeOffering) SetCurrencyCode added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReservedNodeOffering) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *ReservedNodeOffering

SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.

func (*ReservedNodeOffering) SetDuration added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReservedNodeOffering) SetDuration(v int64) *ReservedNodeOffering

SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.

func (*ReservedNodeOffering) SetFixedPrice added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReservedNodeOffering) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *ReservedNodeOffering

SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.

func (*ReservedNodeOffering) SetNodeType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReservedNodeOffering) SetNodeType(v string) *ReservedNodeOffering

SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.

func (*ReservedNodeOffering) SetOfferingType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReservedNodeOffering) SetOfferingType(v string) *ReservedNodeOffering

SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.

func (*ReservedNodeOffering) SetRecurringCharges added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReservedNodeOffering) SetRecurringCharges(v []*RecurringCharge) *ReservedNodeOffering

SetRecurringCharges sets the RecurringCharges field's value.

func (*ReservedNodeOffering) SetReservedNodeOfferingId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReservedNodeOffering) SetReservedNodeOfferingId(v string) *ReservedNodeOffering

SetReservedNodeOfferingId sets the ReservedNodeOfferingId field's value.

func (*ReservedNodeOffering) SetReservedNodeOfferingType added in v1.13.12 

func (s *ReservedNodeOffering) SetReservedNodeOfferingType(v string) *ReservedNodeOffering

SetReservedNodeOfferingType sets the ReservedNodeOfferingType field's value.

func (*ReservedNodeOffering) SetUsagePrice added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ReservedNodeOffering) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *ReservedNodeOffering

SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.

func (ReservedNodeOffering) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ReservedNodeOffering) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ResetClusterParameterGroupInput 

type ResetClusterParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the cluster parameter group to be reset.
	//
	// ParameterGroupName is a required field
	ParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// An array of names of parameters to be reset. If ResetAllParameters option
	// is not used, then at least one parameter name must be supplied.
	//
	// Constraints: A maximum of 20 parameters can be reset in a single request.
	Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`

	// If true, all parameters in the specified parameter group will be reset to
	// their default values.
	//
	// Default: true
	ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameterGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput

SetParameterGroupName sets the ParameterGroupName field's value.

func (*ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput

SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.

func (*ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) SetResetAllParameters added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) SetResetAllParameters(v bool) *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput

SetResetAllParameters sets the ResetAllParameters field's value.

func (ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *ResetClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput 

type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// Reserved.
	AdditionalInfo *string `type:"string"`

	// If true, major version upgrades can be applied during the maintenance window
	// to the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.
	//
	// Default: true
	AllowVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The number of days that automated snapshots are retained. If the value is
	// 0, automated snapshots are disabled. Even if automated snapshots are disabled,
	// you can still create manual snapshots when you want with CreateClusterSnapshot.
	//
	// Default: The value selected for the cluster from which the snapshot was taken.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35.
	AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone in which to restore the cluster.
	//
	// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone.
	//
	// Example: us-east-1a
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier of the cluster that will be created from restoring the snapshot.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * Alphabetic characters must be lowercase.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//    * Must be unique for all clusters within an AWS account.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the parameter group to be associated with this cluster.
	//
	// Default: The default Amazon Redshift cluster parameter group. For information
	// about the default parameter group, go to Working with Amazon Redshift Parameter
	// Groups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-parameter-groups.html).
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//    * Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//    * First character must be a letter.
	//
	//    * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	ClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of security groups to be associated with this cluster.
	//
	// Default: The default cluster security group for Amazon Redshift.
	//
	// Cluster security groups only apply to clusters outside of VPCs.
	ClusterSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"ClusterSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`

	// The name of the subnet group where you want to cluster restored.
	//
	// A snapshot of cluster in VPC can be restored only in VPC. Therefore, you
	// must provide subnet group name where you want the cluster restored.
	ClusterSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The elastic IP (EIP) address for the cluster.
	ElasticIp *string `type:"string"`

	// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
	// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
	// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
	// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	//
	// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
	//
	// Default: false
	EnhancedVpcRouting *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the name of the HSM client certificate the Amazon Redshift cluster
	// uses to retrieve the data encryption keys stored in an HSM.
	HsmClientCertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the HSM configuration that contains the information
	// the Amazon Redshift cluster can use to retrieve and store keys in an HSM.
	HsmConfigurationIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that can be used
	// by the cluster to access other AWS services. You must supply the IAM roles
	// in their Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format. You can supply up to 10 IAM roles
	// in a single request.
	//
	// A cluster can have up to 10 IAM roles associated at any time.
	IamRoles []*string `locationNameList:"IamRoleArn" type:"list"`

	// The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that you
	// want to use to encrypt data in the cluster that you restore from a shared
	// snapshot.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The node type that the restored cluster will be provisioned with.
	//
	// Default: The node type of the cluster from which the snapshot was taken.
	// You can modify this if you are using any DS node type. In that case, you
	// can choose to restore into another DS node type of the same size. For example,
	// you can restore ds1.8xlarge into ds2.8xlarge, or ds1.xlarge into ds2.xlarge.
	// If you have a DC instance type, you must restore into that same instance
	// type and size. In other words, you can only restore a dc1.large instance
	// type into another dc1.large instance type or dc2.large instance type. You
	// can't restore dc1.8xlarge to dc2.8xlarge. First restore to a dc1.8xlareg
	// cluster, then resize to a dc2.8large cluster. For more information about
	// node types, see  About Clusters and Nodes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-about-clusters-and-nodes)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	NodeType *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS customer account used to create or copy the snapshot. Required if
	// you are restoring a snapshot you do not own, optional if you own the snapshot.
	OwnerAccount *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the cluster accepts connections.
	//
	// Default: The same port as the original cluster.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be between 1115 and 65535.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which automated cluster maintenance
	// can occur.
	//
	// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
	//
	// Default: The value selected for the cluster from which the snapshot was taken.
	// For more information about the time blocks for each region, see Maintenance
	// Windows (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-clusters.html#rs-maintenance-windows)
	// in Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	//
	// Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// If true, the cluster can be accessed from a public network.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the cluster the source snapshot was created from. This parameter
	// is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource
	// element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
	SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the snapshot from which to create the new cluster. This parameter
	// isn't case sensitive.
	//
	// Example: my-snapshot-id
	//
	// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) security groups to be associated with
	// the cluster.
	//
	// Default: The default VPC security group is associated with the cluster.
	//
	// VPC security groups only apply to clusters in VPCs.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetAdditionalInfo added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetAdditionalInfo(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetAdditionalInfo sets the AdditionalInfo field's value.

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetAllowVersionUpgrade added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetAllowVersionUpgrade(v bool) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetAllowVersionUpgrade sets the AllowVersionUpgrade field's value.

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod(v int64) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetAutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod sets the AutomatedSnapshotRetentionPeriod field's value.

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetAvailabilityZone added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetClusterParameterGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetClusterParameterGroupName sets the ClusterParameterGroupName field's value.

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetClusterSecurityGroups added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetClusterSecurityGroups(v []*string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetClusterSecurityGroups sets the ClusterSecurityGroups field's value.

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetClusterSubnetGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetClusterSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetClusterSubnetGroupName sets the ClusterSubnetGroupName field's value.

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetElasticIp added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetElasticIp(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetElasticIp sets the ElasticIp field's value.

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetEnhancedVpcRouting added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetEnhancedVpcRouting(v bool) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetEnhancedVpcRouting sets the EnhancedVpcRouting field's value.

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetHsmClientCertificateIdentifier sets the HsmClientCertificateIdentifier field's value.

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetHsmConfigurationIdentifier sets the HsmConfigurationIdentifier field's value.

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetIamRoles added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetIamRoles(v []*string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetIamRoles sets the IamRoles field's value.

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetNodeType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetNodeType(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetOwnerAccount added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetOwnerAccount(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetOwnerAccount sets the OwnerAccount field's value.

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetPort added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetPort sets the Port field's value.

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetPubliclyAccessible added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier sets the SnapshotClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.

func (RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput 

type RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput) SetCluster added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput) SetCluster(v *Cluster) *RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput

SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.

func (RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s RestoreFromClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RestoreStatus 

type RestoreStatus struct {

	// The number of megabytes per second being transferred from the backup storage.
	// Returns the average rate for a completed backup.
	CurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The amount of time an in-progress restore has been running, or the amount
	// of time it took a completed restore to finish.
	ElapsedTimeInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The estimate of the time remaining before the restore will complete. Returns
	// 0 for a completed restore.
	EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The number of megabytes that have been transferred from snapshot storage.
	ProgressInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The size of the set of snapshot data used to restore the cluster.
	SnapshotSizeInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The status of the restore action. Returns starting, restoring, completed,
	// or failed.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the status of a cluster restore action. Returns null if the cluster was not created by restoring a snapshot.

func (RestoreStatus) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s RestoreStatus) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RestoreStatus) SetCurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreStatus) SetCurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond(v float64) *RestoreStatus

SetCurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond sets the CurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond field's value.

func (*RestoreStatus) SetElapsedTimeInSeconds added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreStatus) SetElapsedTimeInSeconds(v int64) *RestoreStatus

SetElapsedTimeInSeconds sets the ElapsedTimeInSeconds field's value.

func (*RestoreStatus) SetEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreStatus) SetEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds(v int64) *RestoreStatus

SetEstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds sets the EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds field's value.

func (*RestoreStatus) SetProgressInMegaBytes added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreStatus) SetProgressInMegaBytes(v int64) *RestoreStatus

SetProgressInMegaBytes sets the ProgressInMegaBytes field's value.

func (*RestoreStatus) SetSnapshotSizeInMegaBytes added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreStatus) SetSnapshotSizeInMegaBytes(v int64) *RestoreStatus

SetSnapshotSizeInMegaBytes sets the SnapshotSizeInMegaBytes field's value.

func (*RestoreStatus) SetStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreStatus) SetStatus(v string) *RestoreStatus

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (RestoreStatus) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s RestoreStatus) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput added in v1.1.10 

type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// The identifier of the Amazon Redshift cluster to restore the table to.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the table to create as a result of the current request.
	//
	// NewTableName is a required field
	NewTableName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier of the snapshot to restore the table from. This snapshot must
	// have been created from the Amazon Redshift cluster specified by the ClusterIdentifier
	// parameter.
	//
	// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the source database that contains the table to restore from.
	//
	// SourceDatabaseName is a required field
	SourceDatabaseName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the source schema that contains the table to restore from. If
	// you do not specify a SourceSchemaName value, the default is public.
	SourceSchemaName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the source table to restore from.
	//
	// SourceTableName is a required field
	SourceTableName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the database to restore the table to.
	TargetDatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the schema to restore the table to.
	TargetSchemaName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) GoString added in v1.1.10 

func (s RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetNewTableName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetNewTableName(v string) *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetNewTableName sets the NewTableName field's value.

func (*RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.

func (*RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceDatabaseName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceDatabaseName(v string) *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetSourceDatabaseName sets the SourceDatabaseName field's value.

func (*RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceSchemaName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceSchemaName(v string) *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetSourceSchemaName sets the SourceSchemaName field's value.

func (*RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceTableName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceTableName(v string) *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetSourceTableName sets the SourceTableName field's value.

func (*RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetTargetDatabaseName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetTargetDatabaseName(v string) *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetTargetDatabaseName sets the TargetDatabaseName field's value.

func (*RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetTargetSchemaName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) SetTargetSchemaName(v string) *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput

SetTargetSchemaName sets the TargetSchemaName field's value.

func (RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) String added in v1.1.10 

func (s RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput added in v1.1.10 

type RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Describes the status of a RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot operation.
	TableRestoreStatus *TableRestoreStatus `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString added in v1.1.10 

func (s RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput) SetTableRestoreStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput) SetTableRestoreStatus(v *TableRestoreStatus) *RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput

SetTableRestoreStatus sets the TableRestoreStatus field's value.

func (RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput) String added in v1.1.10 

func (s RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput 

type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {

	// The IP range for which to revoke access. This range must be a valid Classless
	// Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) block of IP addresses. If CIDRIP is specified,
	// EC2SecurityGroupName and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId cannot be provided.
	CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the security Group from which to revoke the ingress rule.
	//
	// ClusterSecurityGroupName is a required field
	ClusterSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the EC2 Security Group whose access is to be revoked. If EC2SecurityGroupName
	// is specified, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId must also be provided and CIDRIP cannot
	// be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS account number of the owner of the security group specified in the
	// EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS access key ID is not an acceptable
	// value. If EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId is specified, EC2SecurityGroupName must
	// also be provided. and CIDRIP cannot be provided.
	//
	// Example: 111122223333
	EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetCIDRIP added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetCIDRIP(v string) *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput

SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value.

func (*RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetClusterSecurityGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetClusterSecurityGroupName(v string) *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput

SetClusterSecurityGroupName sets the ClusterSecurityGroupName field's value.

func (*RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput

SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value.

func (*RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput

SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value.

func (RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput 

type RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {

	// Describes a security group.
	ClusterSecurityGroup *ClusterSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) SetClusterSecurityGroup added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) SetClusterSecurityGroup(v *ClusterSecurityGroup) *RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput

SetClusterSecurityGroup sets the ClusterSecurityGroup field's value.

func (RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s RevokeClusterSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RevokeSnapshotAccessInput 

type RevokeSnapshotAccessInput struct {

	// The identifier of the AWS customer account that can no longer restore the
	// specified snapshot.
	//
	// AccountWithRestoreAccess is a required field
	AccountWithRestoreAccess *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier of the cluster the snapshot was created from. This parameter
	// is required if your IAM user has a policy containing a snapshot resource
	// element that specifies anything other than * for the cluster name.
	SnapshotClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier of the snapshot that the account can no longer access.
	//
	// SnapshotIdentifier is a required field
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) SetAccountWithRestoreAccess added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) SetAccountWithRestoreAccess(v string) *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput

SetAccountWithRestoreAccess sets the AccountWithRestoreAccess field's value.

func (*RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier(v string) *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput

SetSnapshotClusterIdentifier sets the SnapshotClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput

SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.

func (RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *RevokeSnapshotAccessInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput 

type RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput struct {

	// Describes a snapshot.
	Snapshot *Snapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput) SetSnapshot added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput) SetSnapshot(v *Snapshot) *RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput

SetSnapshot sets the Snapshot field's value.

func (RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s RevokeSnapshotAccessOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RotateEncryptionKeyInput 

type RotateEncryptionKeyInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the cluster that you want to rotate the encryption
	// keys for.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be the name of valid cluster that has encryption enabled.
	//
	// ClusterIdentifier is a required field
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RotateEncryptionKeyInput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s RotateEncryptionKeyInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RotateEncryptionKeyInput) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RotateEncryptionKeyInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *RotateEncryptionKeyInput

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (RotateEncryptionKeyInput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s RotateEncryptionKeyInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RotateEncryptionKeyInput) Validate added in v1.1.21 

func (s *RotateEncryptionKeyInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RotateEncryptionKeyOutput 

type RotateEncryptionKeyOutput struct {

	// Describes a cluster.
	Cluster *Cluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RotateEncryptionKeyOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s RotateEncryptionKeyOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*RotateEncryptionKeyOutput) SetCluster added in v1.5.0 

func (s *RotateEncryptionKeyOutput) SetCluster(v *Cluster) *RotateEncryptionKeyOutput

SetCluster sets the Cluster field's value.

func (RotateEncryptionKeyOutput) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s RotateEncryptionKeyOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Snapshot 

type Snapshot struct {

	// A list of the AWS customer accounts authorized to restore the snapshot. Returns
	// null if no accounts are authorized. Visible only to the snapshot owner.
	AccountsWithRestoreAccess []*AccountWithRestoreAccess `locationNameList:"AccountWithRestoreAccess" type:"list"`

	// The size of the incremental backup.
	ActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The Availability Zone in which the cluster was created.
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of megabytes that have been transferred to the snapshot backup.
	BackupProgressInMegaBytes *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The time (UTC) when the cluster was originally created.
	ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// The identifier of the cluster for which the snapshot was taken.
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The version ID of the Amazon Redshift engine that is running on the cluster.
	ClusterVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of megabytes per second being transferred to the snapshot backup.
	// Returns 0 for a completed backup.
	CurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The name of the database that was created when the cluster was created.
	DBName *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of time an in-progress snapshot backup has been running, or the
	// amount of time it took a completed backup to finish.
	ElapsedTimeInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`

	// If true, the data in the snapshot is encrypted at rest.
	Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A boolean that indicates whether the snapshot data is encrypted using the
	// HSM keys of the source cluster. true indicates that the data is encrypted
	// using HSM keys.
	EncryptedWithHSM *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// An option that specifies whether to create the cluster with enhanced VPC
	// routing enabled. To create a cluster that uses enhanced VPC routing, the
	// cluster must be in a VPC. For more information, see Enhanced VPC Routing
	// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/enhanced-vpc-routing.html)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	//
	// If this option is true, enhanced VPC routing is enabled.
	//
	// Default: false
	EnhancedVpcRouting *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The estimate of the time remaining before the snapshot backup will complete.
	// Returns 0 for a completed backup.
	EstimatedSecondsToCompletion *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key ID of the encryption key that was
	// used to encrypt data in the cluster from which the snapshot was taken.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The master user name for the cluster.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// The node type of the nodes in the cluster.
	NodeType *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of nodes in the cluster.
	NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// For manual snapshots, the AWS customer account used to create or copy the
	// snapshot. For automatic snapshots, the owner of the cluster. The owner can
	// perform all snapshot actions, such as sharing a manual snapshot.
	OwnerAccount *string `type:"string"`

	// The port that the cluster is listening on.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The list of node types that this cluster snapshot is able to restore into.
	RestorableNodeTypes []*string `locationNameList:"NodeType" type:"list"`

	// The time (UTC) when Amazon Redshift began the snapshot. A snapshot contains
	// a copy of the cluster data as of this exact time.
	SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// The snapshot identifier that is provided in the request.
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The snapshot type. Snapshots created using CreateClusterSnapshot and CopyClusterSnapshot
	// will be of type "manual".
	SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`

	// The source region from which the snapshot was copied.
	SourceRegion *string `type:"string"`

	// The snapshot status. The value of the status depends on the API operation
	// used.
	//
	//    * CreateClusterSnapshot and CopyClusterSnapshot returns status as "creating".
	//
	//
	//    * DescribeClusterSnapshots returns status as "creating", "available",
	//    "final snapshot", or "failed".
	//
	//    * DeleteClusterSnapshot returns status as "deleted".
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The list of tags for the cluster snapshot.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The size of the complete set of backup data that would be used to restore
	// the cluster.
	TotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The VPC identifier of the cluster if the snapshot is from a cluster in a
	// VPC. Otherwise, this field is not in the output.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a snapshot.

func (Snapshot) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s Snapshot) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Snapshot) SetAccountsWithRestoreAccess added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetAccountsWithRestoreAccess(v []*AccountWithRestoreAccess) *Snapshot

SetAccountsWithRestoreAccess sets the AccountsWithRestoreAccess field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes(v float64) *Snapshot

SetActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes sets the ActualIncrementalBackupSizeInMegaBytes field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetAvailabilityZone added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *Snapshot

SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetBackupProgressInMegaBytes added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetBackupProgressInMegaBytes(v float64) *Snapshot

SetBackupProgressInMegaBytes sets the BackupProgressInMegaBytes field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetClusterCreateTime added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *Snapshot

SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *Snapshot

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetClusterVersion added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetClusterVersion(v string) *Snapshot

SetClusterVersion sets the ClusterVersion field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetCurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetCurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond(v float64) *Snapshot

SetCurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond sets the CurrentBackupRateInMegaBytesPerSecond field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetDBName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetDBName(v string) *Snapshot

SetDBName sets the DBName field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetElapsedTimeInSeconds added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetElapsedTimeInSeconds(v int64) *Snapshot

SetElapsedTimeInSeconds sets the ElapsedTimeInSeconds field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetEncrypted added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetEncrypted(v bool) *Snapshot

SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetEncryptedWithHSM added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetEncryptedWithHSM(v bool) *Snapshot

SetEncryptedWithHSM sets the EncryptedWithHSM field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetEnhancedVpcRouting added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetEnhancedVpcRouting(v bool) *Snapshot

SetEnhancedVpcRouting sets the EnhancedVpcRouting field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetEstimatedSecondsToCompletion added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetEstimatedSecondsToCompletion(v int64) *Snapshot

SetEstimatedSecondsToCompletion sets the EstimatedSecondsToCompletion field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetKmsKeyId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *Snapshot

SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetMasterUsername added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetMasterUsername(v string) *Snapshot

SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetNodeType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetNodeType(v string) *Snapshot

SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetNumberOfNodes added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *Snapshot

SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetOwnerAccount added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetOwnerAccount(v string) *Snapshot

SetOwnerAccount sets the OwnerAccount field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetPort added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetPort(v int64) *Snapshot

SetPort sets the Port field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetRestorableNodeTypes added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetRestorableNodeTypes(v []*string) *Snapshot

SetRestorableNodeTypes sets the RestorableNodeTypes field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetSnapshotCreateTime added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetSnapshotCreateTime(v time.Time) *Snapshot

SetSnapshotCreateTime sets the SnapshotCreateTime field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetSnapshotIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *Snapshot

SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetSnapshotType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetSnapshotType(v string) *Snapshot

SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetSourceRegion added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetSourceRegion(v string) *Snapshot

SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetStatus(v string) *Snapshot

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetTags added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetTags(v []*Tag) *Snapshot

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetTotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetTotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes(v float64) *Snapshot

SetTotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes sets the TotalBackupSizeInMegaBytes field's value.

func (*Snapshot) SetVpcId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Snapshot) SetVpcId(v string) *Snapshot

SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.

func (Snapshot) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s Snapshot) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SnapshotCopyGrant added in v0.6.4 

type SnapshotCopyGrant struct {

	// The unique identifier of the customer master key (CMK) in AWS KMS to which
	// Amazon Redshift is granted permission.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the snapshot copy grant.
	SnapshotCopyGrantName *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of tag instances.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The snapshot copy grant that grants Amazon Redshift permission to encrypt copied snapshots with the specified customer master key (CMK) from AWS KMS in the destination region.

For more information about managing snapshot copy grants, go to Amazon Redshift Database Encryption (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/working-with-db-encryption.html) in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.

func (SnapshotCopyGrant) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s SnapshotCopyGrant) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SnapshotCopyGrant) SetKmsKeyId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *SnapshotCopyGrant) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *SnapshotCopyGrant

SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.

func (*SnapshotCopyGrant) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *SnapshotCopyGrant) SetSnapshotCopyGrantName(v string) *SnapshotCopyGrant

SetSnapshotCopyGrantName sets the SnapshotCopyGrantName field's value.

func (*SnapshotCopyGrant) SetTags added in v1.5.0 

func (s *SnapshotCopyGrant) SetTags(v []*Tag) *SnapshotCopyGrant

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (SnapshotCopyGrant) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s SnapshotCopyGrant) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Subnet 

type Subnet struct {

	// Describes an availability zone.
	SubnetAvailabilityZone *AvailabilityZone `type:"structure"`

	// The identifier of the subnet.
	SubnetIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the subnet.
	SubnetStatus *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a subnet.

func (Subnet) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s Subnet) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Subnet) SetSubnetAvailabilityZone added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetAvailabilityZone(v *AvailabilityZone) *Subnet

SetSubnetAvailabilityZone sets the SubnetAvailabilityZone field's value.

func (*Subnet) SetSubnetIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetIdentifier(v string) *Subnet

SetSubnetIdentifier sets the SubnetIdentifier field's value.

func (*Subnet) SetSubnetStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetStatus(v string) *Subnet

SetSubnetStatus sets the SubnetStatus field's value.

func (Subnet) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s Subnet) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SupportedPlatform added in v1.13.12 

type SupportedPlatform struct {
	Name *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A list of supported platforms for orderable clusters.

func (SupportedPlatform) GoString added in v1.13.12 

func (s SupportedPlatform) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*SupportedPlatform) SetName added in v1.13.12 

func (s *SupportedPlatform) SetName(v string) *SupportedPlatform

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (SupportedPlatform) String added in v1.13.12 

func (s SupportedPlatform) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TableRestoreStatus added in v1.1.10 

type TableRestoreStatus struct {

	// The identifier of the Amazon Redshift cluster that the table is being restored
	// to.
	ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A description of the status of the table restore request. Status values include
	// SUCCEEDED, FAILED, CANCELED, PENDING, IN_PROGRESS.
	Message *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the table to create as a result of the table restore request.
	NewTableName *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of data restored to the new table so far, in megabytes (MB).
	ProgressInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The time that the table restore request was made, in Universal Coordinated
	// Time (UTC).
	RequestTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// The identifier of the snapshot that the table is being restored from.
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the source database that contains the table being restored.
	SourceDatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the source schema that contains the table being restored.
	SourceSchemaName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the source table being restored.
	SourceTableName *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that describes the current state of the table restore request.
	//
	// Valid Values: SUCCEEDED, FAILED, CANCELED, PENDING, IN_PROGRESS
	Status *string `type:"string" enum:"TableRestoreStatusType"`

	// The unique identifier for the table restore request.
	TableRestoreRequestId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the database to restore the table to.
	TargetDatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the schema to restore the table to.
	TargetSchemaName *string `type:"string"`

	// The total amount of data to restore to the new table, in megabytes (MB).
	TotalDataInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the status of a RestoreTableFromClusterSnapshot operation.

func (TableRestoreStatus) GoString added in v1.1.10 

func (s TableRestoreStatus) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TableRestoreStatus) SetClusterIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *TableRestoreStatus

SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.

func (*TableRestoreStatus) SetMessage added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetMessage(v string) *TableRestoreStatus

SetMessage sets the Message field's value.

func (*TableRestoreStatus) SetNewTableName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetNewTableName(v string) *TableRestoreStatus

SetNewTableName sets the NewTableName field's value.

func (*TableRestoreStatus) SetProgressInMegaBytes added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetProgressInMegaBytes(v int64) *TableRestoreStatus

SetProgressInMegaBytes sets the ProgressInMegaBytes field's value.

func (*TableRestoreStatus) SetRequestTime added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetRequestTime(v time.Time) *TableRestoreStatus

SetRequestTime sets the RequestTime field's value.

func (*TableRestoreStatus) SetSnapshotIdentifier added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *TableRestoreStatus

SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value.

func (*TableRestoreStatus) SetSourceDatabaseName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetSourceDatabaseName(v string) *TableRestoreStatus

SetSourceDatabaseName sets the SourceDatabaseName field's value.

func (*TableRestoreStatus) SetSourceSchemaName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetSourceSchemaName(v string) *TableRestoreStatus

SetSourceSchemaName sets the SourceSchemaName field's value.

func (*TableRestoreStatus) SetSourceTableName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetSourceTableName(v string) *TableRestoreStatus

SetSourceTableName sets the SourceTableName field's value.

func (*TableRestoreStatus) SetStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetStatus(v string) *TableRestoreStatus

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*TableRestoreStatus) SetTableRestoreRequestId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetTableRestoreRequestId(v string) *TableRestoreStatus

SetTableRestoreRequestId sets the TableRestoreRequestId field's value.

func (*TableRestoreStatus) SetTargetDatabaseName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetTargetDatabaseName(v string) *TableRestoreStatus

SetTargetDatabaseName sets the TargetDatabaseName field's value.

func (*TableRestoreStatus) SetTargetSchemaName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetTargetSchemaName(v string) *TableRestoreStatus

SetTargetSchemaName sets the TargetSchemaName field's value.

func (*TableRestoreStatus) SetTotalDataInMegaBytes added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TableRestoreStatus) SetTotalDataInMegaBytes(v int64) *TableRestoreStatus

SetTotalDataInMegaBytes sets the TotalDataInMegaBytes field's value.

func (TableRestoreStatus) String added in v1.1.10 

func (s TableRestoreStatus) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Tag 

type Tag struct {

	// The key, or name, for the resource tag.
	Key *string `type:"string"`

	// The value for the resource tag.
	Value *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A tag consisting of a name/value pair for a resource.

func (Tag) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s Tag) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Tag) SetKey added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag

SetKey sets the Key field's value.

func (*Tag) SetValue added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag

SetValue sets the Value field's value.

func (Tag) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s Tag) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TaggedResource 

type TaggedResource struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) with which the tag is associated. For example,
	// arn:aws:redshift:us-east-1:123456789:cluster:t1.
	ResourceName *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of resource with which the tag is associated. Valid resource types
	// are:
	//
	//    * Cluster
	//
	//    * CIDR/IP
	//
	//    * EC2 security group
	//
	//    * Snapshot
	//
	//    * Cluster security group
	//
	//    * Subnet group
	//
	//    * HSM connection
	//
	//    * HSM certificate
	//
	//    * Parameter group
	//
	// For more information about Amazon Redshift resource types and constructing
	// ARNs, go to Constructing an Amazon Redshift Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/redshift-iam-access-control-overview.html#redshift-iam-access-control-specify-actions)
	// in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
	ResourceType *string `type:"string"`

	// The tag for the resource.
	Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A tag and its associated resource.

func (TaggedResource) GoString added in v0.6.5 

func (s TaggedResource) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*TaggedResource) SetResourceName added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TaggedResource) SetResourceName(v string) *TaggedResource

SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value.

func (*TaggedResource) SetResourceType added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TaggedResource) SetResourceType(v string) *TaggedResource

SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.

func (*TaggedResource) SetTag added in v1.5.0 

func (s *TaggedResource) SetTag(v *Tag) *TaggedResource

SetTag sets the Tag field's value.

func (TaggedResource) String added in v0.6.5 

func (s TaggedResource) String() string

String returns the string representation

type VpcSecurityGroupMembership added in v0.9.5 

type VpcSecurityGroupMembership struct {

	// The status of the VPC security group.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier of the VPC security group.
	VpcSecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the members of a VPC security group.

func (VpcSecurityGroupMembership) GoString added in v0.9.5 

func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus added in v1.5.0 

func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetVpcSecurityGroupId added in v1.5.0 

func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetVpcSecurityGroupId(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership

SetVpcSecurityGroupId sets the VpcSecurityGroupId field's value.

func (VpcSecurityGroupMembership) String added in v0.9.5 

func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) String() string

String returns the string representation

Source Files

View all Source files

Directories

Path Synopsis
Package redshiftiface provides an interface to enable mocking the Amazon Redshift service client for testing your code.
 Package redshiftiface provides an interface to enable mocking the Amazon Redshift service client for testing your code.

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL
go.dev uses cookies from Google to deliver and enhance the quality of its services and to analyze traffic. Learn more.